H3C S7500E Series Command Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. H3C Manuals
  4. Network Router
  5. H3C S7500E Series
  6. Command manual

H3C S7500E Series Command Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for S7500E Series:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Configuration Manual, Operating Manual
H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches
Command Manual
Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.
http://www.h3c.com
Manual Version: 20071025-C-1.01
Product Version: Release 6000

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the S7500E Series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for H3C S7500E Series

Summary of Contents for H3C S7500E Series

  • Page 1 H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Command Manual Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. http://www.h3c.com Manual Version: 20071025-C-1.01 Product Version: Release 6000...
  • Page 2 Copyright © 2007, Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd. and its licensors All Rights Reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Hangzhou H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.

  • Page 3: About This Manual

    About This Manual Related Documentation In addition to this manual, each H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches documentation set includes the following: Manual Description It is used for assisting the users in data H3C S7500E Series Ethernet configurations and typical applications. (See...
  • Page 4 Part Contents Introduces the commands used for configuring IPv4 11 IPv4 Routing routing, static routing, RIP, OSPF, IS-IS, BGP, and route policy. Introduces the commands used for configuring IPv6 12 IPv6 Routing routing, static routing, RIPng, OSPFv3, IS-ISv6, and BGP4+. Introduces the commands used for configuring IPv6 13 IPv6 Configuration application, IPv6 tunneling, and so on.
  • Page 5 Part Contents Introduces the commands used for SSH and the related 30 SSH configuration. 31 PoE Introduces the commands used for PoE. 32 RRPP Introduces the commands used for RRPP. Lists all the commands described in this command 33 Appendix manual in an alphabetic order.
  • Page 6 II. GUI conventions Convention Description Button names are inside angle brackets. For example, click < > <OK>. Window names, menu items, data table and field names are inside square brackets. For example, pop up the [New User] window. Multi-level menus are separated by forward slashes. For example, [File/Create/Folder].

  • Page 7: Table Of Contents

    Command Manual – Login H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an Ethernet Switch ............. 1-1 1.1 Commands for Logging into an Ethernet Switch ............... 1-1 1.1.1 activation-key ......................1-1 1.1.2 authentication-mode....................
  • Page 8 Command Manual – Login H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 2.1.1 acl..........................2-1 2.1.2 snmp-agent community................... 2-2 2.1.3 snmp-agent group ....................2-2 2.1.4 snmp-agent usm-user ..................... 2-4...

  • Page 9: Commands For Logging Into An Ethernet Switch

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an Ethernet Switch 1.1 Commands for Logging into an Ethernet Switch 1.1.1 activation-key Syntax activation-key character...
  • Page 10 ENTER”. You will see the terminal session being started. [Sysname-ui-aux0] return <Sysname> quit ************************************************************************** * Copyright (c) 2004-2007 Hangzhou H3C Tech. Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.* * Without the owner's prior written consent, * no decompiling or reverse-engineering shall be allowed. ************************************************************************** User interface aux0 is available.

  • Page 11: Auto-Execute Command

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch related configuration. Refer to the AAA-RADIUS-HWTACACS module of this manual for more. If this command is executed with the command-authorization keywords specified, authorization is performed on the TACACS server whenever you attempt to execute a command, and the command can be executed only when you pass the authorization.
  • Page 12 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Description Use the auto-execute command command to set the command that is executed automatically after a user logs in. Use the undo auto-execute command command to disable the specified command from being automatically executed.

  • Page 13: Display Telnet Client Configuration

    The default data bits is 8. Note: H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches only support data bits 7 and 8. To establish the connection again, you need to modify the configuration of the termination emulation utility running on your PC accordingly.

  • Page 14: Display User-Interface

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Description Use the display telnet client configuration command to display the source IP address or source interface configured for the current device.

  • Page 15: Display Users

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch : Current user-interface is active and work in async mode. : Absolute index of user-interface. Type : Type and relative index of user-interface.
  • Page 16 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Examples # Display the information about the current user interface. <Sysname> display users The user application information of the user interface(s): Delay...
  • Page 17 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch 1.1.8 escape-key Syntax escape-key { default | character } undo escape-key View User interface view Parameters default: Restores the default escape key combination <Ctrl + C>.
  • Page 18 Using undo flow-control command, you can restore the default flow control mode. By default, the value is none. That is, no flow control will be performed. Note: H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches only support none keyword. Examples # Configure software flow control on AUX port.

  • Page 19: Free User-Interface

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch 1.1.10 free user-interface Syntax free user-interface [ type ] number View User view Parameters type: User interface type. number: Absolute user interface index or relative user interface index.
  • Page 20 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Parameters value: Size of the history command buffer. This argument ranges from 0 to 256 and defaults to 10. That is, the history command buffer can store 10 commands by default.
  • Page 21 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Examples # Set the timeout time of AUX 0 to 1 minute. <Sysname> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.

  • Page 22: Modem Auto-Answer

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch 1.1.14 modem Syntax modem [ both | call-in | call-out ] undo modem [ both | call-in | call-out ] View AUX interface view Parameters both: Allows both incoming and outgoing calls.

  • Page 23: Modem Timer Answer

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Description Use the modem auto-answer command to configure the switch-side modem to operate in the auto-answer mode. Use the undo modem auto-answer command to restore the default.

  • Page 24: Protocol Inbound

    No check is performed by default. Note: H3C S7500E series Ethernet switches support the even, none, and odd check modes only. To establish the connection again, you need to modify the configuration of the termination emulation utility running on your PC accordingly.
  • Page 25 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch View VTY interface view Parameters all: Supports both Telnet protocol and SSH protocol. ssh: Supports SSH protocol. telnet: Supports Telnet protocol. Description Use the protocol inbound command to configure the user interface to support specified protocols.
  • Page 26 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Parameters screen-length: Number of lines the screen can contain. This argument ranges from 0 to 512 and defaults to 24. Description Use the screen-length command to set the number of lines the terminal screen can contain.
  • Page 27 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Examples # Send messages to all user interfaces. <Sysname> send all Enter message, end with CTRL+Z or Enter; abort with CTRL+C: hello^Z Send message? [Y/N]y <Sysname>...

  • Page 28: Set Authentication Password

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Commands fall into four command levels: visit, monitor, system, and manage, which are described as follows: Visit level: Commands of this level are used to diagnose network and change the language mode of user interface, such as the ping, tracert.
  • Page 29 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch undo set authentication password View User interface view Parameters cipher: Specifies to display the local password in encrypted text when you display the current configuration.
  • Page 30 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch 1.1.23 shell Syntax shell undo shell View User interface view Parameters None Description Use the shell command to make terminal services available for the user interface.
  • Page 31 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch View AUX interface view Parameters speed-value: Transmission speed (in bps). This argument can be 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19,200, 38,400, 57,600, 115,200 and defaults to 9,600.
  • Page 32 Use the undo sysname command to revert to the default system name. The CLI prompt reflects the system name of a switch. For example, if the system name of a switch is “H3C”, then the prompt of user view is <H3C>. Examples # Set the system name of the switch to ABC.
  • Page 33 Trying 129.102.0.1 ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected to 129.102.0.1 ... ************************************************************************** * Copyright (c) 2004-2007 Hangzhou H3C Tech. Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.* * Without the owner's prior written consent, * no decompiling or reverse-engineering shall be allowed. ************************************************************************** <Sysname2>...

  • Page 34: Telnet Ipv

    Trying 3001::1 ... Press CTRL+K to abort Connected to 3001::1 ... ************************************************************************** * Copyright (c) 2004-2007 Hangzhou H3C Tech. Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.* * Without the owner's prior written consent, * no decompiling or reverse-engineering shall be allowed. ************************************************************************** <Sysname>...

  • Page 35: Telnet Server Enable

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch View System view Parameters None Description Use the telnet client source command to specify the source IP address or source interface for the Telnet packets to be sent.

  • Page 36: Terminal Type

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Examples # Make the switch to operate as a Telnet Server. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] telnet server enable % Start Telnet server # Disable the switch from operating as a Telnet server.

  • Page 37: User Privilege Level

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch 1.1.32 user-interface Syntax user-interface [ type ] first-number [ last-number ] View System view Parameters type: User interface type. first-number: User interface index, which identifies the first user interface to be configured.
  • Page 38 Command Manual – Login Chapter 1 Commands for Logging into an H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Ethernet Switch Use the undo user privilege level command to revert to the default command level. By default, the commands of level 3 are available to the users logging into the AUX user interface.

  • Page 39: Chapter 2 Commands For Controlling Login Users

    Command Manual – Login Chapter 2 Commands for Controlling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Login Users Chapter 2 Commands for Controlling Login Users 2.1 Commands for Controlling Login Users 2.1.1 acl Syntax acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number { inbound | outbound }...
  • Page 40 By default, SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c access a switch by community names. Examples # Set the community name to “h3c”, enable users to access the switch in the name of the community (with read-only permission), and apply ACL 2,000 to filter network management users (assuming that ACL 2000 already exists.)
  • Page 41 ACL to filter network management users. Use the undo snmp-agent group command to remove a specified SNMP group. Examples # Create a SNMP group named h3c and apply ACL 2001 to filter network management users (assuming that ACL 2001 already exists). <Sysname> system-view System View: return to User View with Ctrl+Z.
  • Page 42 Command Manual – Login Chapter 2 Commands for Controlling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Login Users 2.1.4 snmp-agent usm-user Syntax snmp-agent usm-user { v1 | v2c } user-name group-name [ acl acl-number ] undo snmp-agent usm-user { v1 | v2c } user-name group-name...
  • Page 43 ACL-related configuration. Examples # Add the user named h3c to the SNMP group named h3cgroup, specifying to authenticate the user, specifying the authentication protocol to be HMAC-MD5-96, the authentication password to be abc, and applying ACL 2002 to filter network management users (assuming that ACL 2002 already exists).
  • Page 44 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1 VLAN Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 description ....................... 1-1 1.1.2 display interface Vlan-interface ................1-2 1.1.3 display vlan......................1-3 1.1.4 interface Vlan-interface ...................
  • Page 45 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 3.1.4 voice vlan aging....................... 3-4 3.1.5 voice vlan enable ....................3-4 3.1.6 voice vlan mac-address ..................3-5 3.1.7 voice vlan mode auto ....................3-7 3.1.8 voice vlan security enable ..................3-8 Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands..............

  • Page 46: Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.1 description Syntax description text undo description View VLAN view/VLAN interface view Parameters text: String that describes the current VLAN or VLAN interface (Space can be included), case sensitive.

  • Page 47: Display Interface Vlan-Interface

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.1.2 display interface Vlan-interface Syntax display interface Vlan-interface [ vlan-interface-id ] View Any view Parameters vlan-interface-id: VLAN interface ID. Description Use the display interface Vlan-interface command to display the relevant information of a VLAN interface.

  • Page 48: Display Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Field Description Hardware address MAC address corresponding to a VLAN interface IPv6 Packet Frame Type IPv6 outgoing frame format 1.1.3 display vlan Syntax display vlan [ vlan-id1 [ to vlan-id2 ] | all | dynamic | reserved | static ]...

  • Page 49: Interface Vlan-Interface

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands # Display VLAN 3 information. <Sysname> display vlan 3 VLAN ID: 3 VLAN Type: static Route Interface: configured IP Address: 1.1.1.1 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 Description: VLAN 0003...
  • Page 50 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Description Use the interface Vlan-interface command to enter the specified VLAN interface view. Use the undo interface Vlan-interface command to delete the specified VLAN interface. The VLAN interface must be created first before entering its view Before creating a VLAN interface, make sure the corresponding VLAN has been created;...
  • Page 51 IP address and the rest are secondary IP addresses. On an S7500E series Ethernet switch, you can assign up to five IP addresses to a VLAN interface. As for the primary and secondary IP addresses of a VLAN interface, note that: A newly configured main IP address will replace the original one, if there is one.
  • Page 52 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands You can use the undo shutdown command to bring up a VLAN interface after configurations of the related parameter and protocol. When there is a fault in a VLAN interface, you can use the shutdown command to shut down the interface and then bring it up using the undo shutdown command.

  • Page 53: Port-Based Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Note: As the default VLAN, VLAN 1 cannot be created, or removed. You cannot create/remove reserved VLANs that are reserved for specific function implementation. Dynamic VLANs cannot be removed using the undo vlan command.

  • Page 54: Port Access Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Description Use the port command to add one Access port or a group of Access ports to a VLAN. Use the undo port command to remove one Access port or a group of Access ports from a VLAN.

  • Page 55: Port Hybrid Pvid Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Examples # Add Ethernet 2/0/1 to VLAN 3. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] vlan 3 [Sysname-vlan3] quit [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] port access vlan 3 1.2.3 port hybrid pvid vlan...

  • Page 56: Port Hybrid Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] port hybrid pvid vlan 100 1.2.4 port hybrid vlan Syntax port hybrid vlan vlan-id-list { tagged | untagged } undo port hybrid vlan vlan-id-list View...

  • Page 57: Port Link-Type

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands [Sysname] port-group manual 2 [Sysname-port-group-manual-2] group-member ethernet 2/0/1 to ethernet 2/0/6 [Sysname-port-group-manual-2] port link-type hybrid [Sysname-port-group-manual-2] port hybrid vlan 2 untagged Configuring Ethernet2/0/1... Done. Configuring Ethernet2/0/2... Done.

  • Page 58: Port Trunk Permit Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Examples # Configure Ethernet 2/0/1 to be a Trunk port. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] port link-type trunk # Configure all the ports in the manual port group group1 as Hybrid ports.

  • Page 59: Port Trunk Pvid Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Examples # Add the Trunk port Ethernet 2/0/1 to VLAN 2, VLAN 4, and the range of VLANs from VLAN 50 to VLAN 100. <Sysname> system-view...

  • Page 60: Protocol-Based Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] port trunk pvid vlan 100 1.3 Protocol-Based VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3.1 display protocol-vlan interface Syntax display protocol-vlan interface { interface-type interface-number1 [ to interface-type interface-number2 ] | all }...

  • Page 61: Display Protocol-Vlan Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3.2 display protocol-vlan vlan Syntax display protocol-vlan vlan { vlan-id [ to vlan-id ] | all } View Any view Parameters vlan-id: VLAN ID, in the range 1 to 4094.

  • Page 62: Port Hybrid Protocol-Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands 1.3.3 port hybrid protocol-vlan Syntax port hybrid protocol-vlan vlan vlan-id { protocol-index [ to protocol-end ] | all } undo port hybrid protocol-vlan { vlan vlan-id { protocol-index [ to protocol-end ] | all }...
  • Page 63 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Examples # Associate the Hybrid port Ethernet 2/0/1, with protocol 0 in VLAN 2. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] vlan 2 [Sysname-Vlan2] protocol-vlan at [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1...
  • Page 64 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands inbound packets, in the range 0x0600 to 0xffff (excluding ipx snap under the snap encapsulation format). protocol-index: Beginning protocol index, in the range 0 to 15. The system will automatically assign an index if this parameter is not specified.

  • Page 65: Ip-Subnet-Based Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Caution: Due to the close relationship between IPv4 and ARP, it is recommended to bind the two protocols to the same VLAN and associate the binding to related ports to guarantee normal communication.

  • Page 66: Display Ip-Subnet-Vlan Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands VLAN ID Subnet-Index IP ADDRESS NET MASK ======================================================= 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display ip-subnet-vlan interface command Field Description Interface Interface of which you want to view the information...
  • Page 67 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Table 1-5 Description on the fields of the display ip-subnet-vlan vlan command Field Description VLAN ID VLAN ID Subnet Index Subnet Index IP address of the subnet (can be an IP address or a network...

  • Page 68: Port Hybrid Ip-Subnet-Vlan Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands Examples # Configure VLAN 3 to be an IP-subnet-based VLAN. Associate it with the 192.168.1.0/24 network segment. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] vlan 3 [Sysname-vlan3] ip-subnet-vlan ip 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 1.4.4 port hybrid ip-subnet-vlan vlan...
  • Page 69 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 VLAN Configuration Commands [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] port link-type hybrid [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] port hybrid vlan 3 untagged Please wait... Done. [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] port hybrid ip-subnet-vlan vlan 3 1-24...

  • Page 70: Isolate-User-Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration Commands 2.1 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display isolate-user-vlan Syntax display isolate-user-vlan [ isolate-user-vlan-id ] View Any view Parameters isolate-user-vlan-id: VLAN ID of an isolate-user-VLAN, in the range 1 to 4094.
  • Page 71 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration Commands VLAN ID: 3 VLAN Type: static Isolate-user-VLAN type : secondary Route Interface: configured IP Address: 2.2.2.2 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 Description: VLAN 0003 Broadcast MAX-ratio: 100% Tagged...
  • Page 72 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration Commands 2.1.2 isolate-user-vlan Syntax isolate-user-vlan isolate-user-vlan-id secondary secondary-vlan-id-list undo isolate-user-vlan isolate-user-vlan-id [ secondary secondary-vlan-id-list ] View System view Parameters isolate-user-vlan-id: VLAN ID of an isolate-user-vlan, in the range 1 to 4094.

  • Page 73: Isolate-User-Vlan Enable

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration Commands Note: After the mapping between the isolate-user-vlan and the secondary VLANs is created, no port can be added to or deleted from either the isolate-user-vlan or the secondary VLAN(s).
  • Page 74 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Isolate-User-VLAN Configuration Commands An isolate-user-VLAN may include multiple ports, including those that are connected to upstream devices. Related commands: display isolate-user-vlan. Examples # Configure VLAN 5 to be an isolate-user-VLAN.

  • Page 75: Voice Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 3 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1.1 display voice vlan oui Syntax display voice vlan oui View Any view Parameters...

  • Page 76: Display Voice Vlan State

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Table 3-1 Description on the fields of the display voice vlan oui command Field Description Oui Address OUI addresses that are allowed to pass Mask...

  • Page 77: Voice Vlan

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Table 3-2 Description on the fields of the display voice vlan state command Field Description The current voice VLAN status, that is, whether Voice VLAN status it is enabled or disabled.

  • Page 78: Voice Vlan Aging

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands Examples # Enable the voice VLAN feature on VLAN 2 (assuming that VLAN 2 already exists). <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] voice vlan 2 enable 3.1.4 voice vlan aging...

  • Page 79: Voice Vlan Mac-Address

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands View Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the voice vlan enable command to enable the voice VLAN feature on an Ethernet port. Use the undo voice vlan enable command to disable the voice VLAN feature on an Ethernet port.
  • Page 80 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands description text: Specifies a string that describes the OUI address. The string is of 1 to 30 characters and is case sensitive. oui: Deletes an OUI address that is in the format H-H-H, such as 1234-1200-0000, which is the logic AND result of mac-addr and oui-mask.

  • Page 81: Voice Vlan Mode Auto

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands 0001-e300-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 Siemens phone 0003-6b00-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 Cisco phone 0004-0d00-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 Avaya phone 0060-b900-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 Philips/NEC phone 00d0-1e00-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 Pingtel phone 00e0-7500-0000 ffff-ff00-0000 Polycom phone 00e0-bb00-0000...

  • Page 82: Voice Vlan Security Enable

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Voice VLAN Configuration Commands 3.1.8 voice vlan security enable Syntax voice vlan security enable undo voice vlan security enable View System view Parameters None Description Use the voice vlan security enable command to enable the security mode for voice VLAN.

  • Page 83: Display Garp Statistics

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands 4.1 GARP Configuration Commands 4.1.1 display garp statistics Syntax display garp statistics [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameters interface interface-list: Specifies an Ethernet port list, in the format of { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] }&<1-10>, where &<1-10>...

  • Page 84: Display Garp Timer

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands 4.1.2 display garp timer Syntax display garp timer [ interface interface-list ] View Any view Parameters interface interface-list: Specifies an Ethernet port list, in the format of { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] }&<1-10>, where &<1-10>...
  • Page 85 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands Parameters hold: Sets the hold timer. join: Sets the join timer. leave: Sets the leave timer. timer-value: Timer setting (in centiseconds), which must be a multiple of 5 centiseconds.

  • Page 86: Garp Timer Leaveall

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] garp timer join 25 4.1.4 garp timer leaveall Syntax garp timer leaveall timer-value undo garp timer leaveall View System view...

  • Page 87: Reset Garp Statistics

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands 4.1.5 reset garp statistics Syntax reset garp statistics [ interface interface-list ] View User view Parameters interface interface-list: Specifies an Ethernet port list, in the format of { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] }&<1-10>, where &<1-10>...

  • Page 88: Display Gvrp Statistics

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands Description Use the display gvrp local-vlan interface command to display the local VLAN information maintained by GVRP on a port. Examples # Display the local VLAN information maintained by GVRP on Ethernet 2/0/1.
  • Page 89 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters interface interface-list: Specifies an Ethernet port list, in the format of { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] }&<1-10>, where &<1-10>...

  • Page 90: Display Gvrp Status

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands 4.2.4 display gvrp status Syntax display gvrp status View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display gvrp status command to display the global enable/disable state of GVRP.
  • Page 91 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands Operations of creating VLAN : 2-100 Operations of deleting VLAN : none Operations of adding VLAN to TRUNK : 2-100 Operations of deleting VLAN from TRUNK : none 4.2.6 gvrp...

  • Page 92: Gvrp Registration

    Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] gvrp GVRP is enabled globally. 4.2.7 gvrp registration Syntax gvrp registration { fixed | forbidden | normal } undo gvrp registration View Ethernet port view, port group view Parameters fixed: Sets the registration type to fixed.
  • Page 93 Command Manual – VLAN H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 GARP/GVRP Configuration Commands Examples # Set the GVRP registration type to fixed on port Ethernet 2/0/1. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] port link-type trunk [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] gvrp registration fixed...
  • Page 94 Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IP Addressing Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 IP Addressing Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 display ip interface ....................1-1 1.1.2 display ip interface brief ..................1-3 1.1.3 ip address........................

  • Page 95: Display Ip Interface

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 1 IP Addressing Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Chapter 1 IP Addressing Configuration Commands 1.1 IP Addressing Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display ip interface Syntax display ip interface [ interface-type interface-number ]...
  • Page 96 Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 1 IP Addressing Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Unreachable: Source quench: Routing redirect: Echo request: Router advert: Router solicit: Time exceed: IP header bad: Timestamp request: Timestamp reply: Information request:...

  • Page 97: Display Ip Interface Brief

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 1 IP Addressing Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Field Description ICMP packet input number: Total number of ICMP packets received on an Echo reply: interface, including the following packets: Unreachable:...
  • Page 98 Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 1 IP Addressing Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Without the interface type and interface number specified, the information about all layer 3 interfaces is displayed; with only the interface type specified, the information about all layer 3 interfaces of the specified type is displayed;...
  • Page 99 Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 1 IP Addressing Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands mask: Subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. mask-length: Subnet mask length, the number of consecutive ones in the mask. sub: Secondary IP address for the interface.

  • Page 100: Ip Performance Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration Commands 2.1 IP Performance Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display fib Syntax display fib [ | { begin | include | exclude } string | acl acl-number | ip-prefix...
  • Page 101 Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Flag: U:Useable G:Gateway H:Host B:Blackhole D:Dynamic S:Static R:Reject L:Generated by ARP or ESIS Destination/Mask Nexthop Flag TimeStamp Interface Token 10.2.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 t[1150900568]...

  • Page 102: Display Fib Ip-Address

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands 10.2.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 t[1150900568] Vlan1 invalid 10.2.1.1/32 127.0.0.1 t[1150900568] InLoop0 invalid # Display all entries that contain the string 127 and start from the first one.

  • Page 103: Display Fib Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands longer: Displays FIB entries that match the specified address/mask and have masks longer than or equal to the mask that a user enters. If no masks are specified, FIB entries that match the natural network address and have the masks longer than or equal to the natural mask will be displayed.

  • Page 104: Display Icmp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Table 2-2 Description on the fields of the display fib statistics command Field Description Route Entry Count Number of FIB entries 2.1.4 display icmp statistics...

  • Page 105: Display Ip Socket

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Table 2-3 Description on the fields of the display icmp statistics command Field Description bad formats Number of input wrong format packets...
  • Page 106 Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Display all socket information. <Sysname> display ip socket SOCK_STREAM: Task = VTYD(60), socketid = 1, Proto = 6, LA = 0.0.0.0:23, FA = 0.0.0.0:0,...
  • Page 107 Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands socket state = SS_PRIV Task = TRAP(71), socketid = 1, Proto = 17, LA = 0.0.0.0:1025, FA = 0.0.0.0:0, sndbuf = 9216, rcvbuf = 0, sb_cc = 0, rb_cc = 0,...

  • Page 108: Display Ip Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Field Description Current data size in the sending buffer (It is available only for sb_cc TCP that can buffer data) rb_cc Data size currently in the receiving buffer...

  • Page 109: Display Tcp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Table 2-5 Description on the fields of the display ip statistics command Field Description Total number of packets received local Total number of packets with destination being local...
  • Page 110 Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Related commands: display tcp status, reset tcp statistics. Examples # Display statistics of TCP traffic. <Sysname> display tcp statistics Received packets: Total: 753...
  • Page 111 Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Table 2-6 Description on the fields of the display tcp statistics command Field Description Total Total number of packets received packets in sequence...

  • Page 112: Display Tcp Status

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Field Description Keepalive timeout Number of keepalive timer timeouts keepalive probe Number of keepalive probe packets sent Keepalive timeout, so connections Number of connections broken due to...

  • Page 113: Display Udp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Table 2-7 Description on the fields of the display tcp status command Field Description If the status information of a TCP connection contains *, the TCP adopts the MD5 algorithm for authentication.

  • Page 114: Ip Forward-Broadcast (Interface View)

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Table 2-8 Description on the fields of the display udp statistics command Field Description Total number of UDP packets Total received Total number of packets with...

  • Page 115: Ip Redirects Enable

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Use the undo ip forward-broadcast command to disable an interface from forwarding directed broadcasts. By default, an interface is disabled from forwarding directed broadcasts.

  • Page 116: Ip Ttl-Expires Enable

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands View System view Parameters None Description Use the ip redirects enable command to enable sending ICMP redirection packets. Use the undo ip redirects command to disable sending ICMP redirection packets.

  • Page 117: Reset Ip Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands [Sysname] undo ip ttl-expires The function is disabled! 2.1.14 ip unreachables enable Syntax ip unreachables enable undo ip unreachables View System view...

  • Page 118: Reset Tcp Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Description Use the reset ip statistics command to clear statistics of IP packets. Related commands: display ip interface, display ip statistics. Examples # Clear statistics of IP packets.

  • Page 119: Tcp Timer Fin-Timeout

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Display statistics of UDP traffic. <Sysname> reset udp statistics 2.1.18 tcp timer fin-timeout Syntax tcp timer fin-timeout time-value undo tcp timer fin-timeout...

  • Page 120: Tcp Window

    Command Manual – IP Addressing and Performance Chapter 2 IP Performance Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Parameters time-value: Length of the TCP finwait timer in seconds, ranging from 2 to 600. Description Use the tcp timer syn-timeout command to configure the length of the TCP synwait timer.
  • Page 121 Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands................. 1-1 1.1 QinQ Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 classifier behavior ....................1-1 1.1.2 if-match customer-vlan-id..................1-2 1.1.3 nest top-most vlan-id....................1-2 1.1.4 qinq enable......................

  • Page 122: Chapter 1 Qinq Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands 1.1 QinQ Configuration Commands 1.1.1 classifier behavior Syntax classifier classifier-name behavior behavior-name undo classifier classifier-name View Policy view Parameters classifier-name: Name of a class, a string of 1 to 31 characters.

  • Page 123: If-Match Customer-Vlan-Id

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands 1.1.2 if-match customer-vlan-id Syntax if-match customer-vlan-id vlan-id-list undo if-match customer-vlan-id vlan-id-list View Class view Parameters vlan-id-list: Customer VLAN IDs. You can specify up to eight VLAN IDs for the argument in the form of vlan-id to vlan-id or multiple discontinuous space-separated VLAN IDs.

  • Page 124: Qinq Enable

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands Related commands: qos policy, traffic behavior. Examples # Configure the action of creating outer VLAN tag 100 for the traffic behavior database. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] traffic behavior database [Sysname-behavior-database] nest top-most vlan-id 100 1.1.4 qinq enable...

  • Page 125: Qinq Ethernet-Type Customer-Tag

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/2] interface ethernet 2/0/3 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/3] port link-aggregation group 1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/3] quit [Sysname] port-group aggregation 1 [Sysname-port-group-aggregation-1] qinq enable 1.1.5 qinq ethernet-type customer-tag Syntax qinq ethernet-type customer-tag hex-value...

  • Page 126: Qinq Ethernet-Type Service-Tag

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands Description Use the qinq ethernet-type customer-tag command to configure the TPID value of the customer network VLAN tags. Use the undo qinq ethernet-type customer-tag command to restore the system default.

  • Page 127: Qos Apply Policy

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands 1.1.7 qos apply policy Syntax qos apply policy policy-name inbound undo qos apply policy inbound View Ethernet port view, port group view Parameters inbound: Applies the specified policy to the traffic received on the current port(s).

  • Page 128: Traffic Behavior

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands View System view Parameters policy-name: Policy name, a string of 1 to 31 characters. Description Use the qos policy command to create a policy. This command also leads you to policy view.

  • Page 129: Traffic Classifier

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 QinQ Configuration Commands [Sysname] traffic behavior behavior1 [Sysname-behavior-behavior1] 1.1.10 traffic classifier Syntax traffic classifier classifier-name [ operator { and | or } ] undo traffic classifier classifier-name View...

  • Page 130: Bpdu Tunneling Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands Chapter 2 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands 2.1 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands 2.1.1 bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp Syntax bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp undo bpdu-tunnel dot1q stp View...

  • Page 131: Bpdu-Tunnel Dot1Q Enable

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] link-aggregation group 1 mode manual [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/2 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/2] port link-aggregation group 1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/2] interface ethernet 2/0/3 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/3] port link-aggregation group 1...

  • Page 132: Bpdu-Tunnel Tunnel-Dmac

    Command Manual – QinQ-BPDU Tunneling H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 BPDU Tunneling Configuration Commands [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] bpdu-tunnel dot1q enable # Enable BPDU tunneling on all the ports in port group 1. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] link-aggregation group 1 mode manual...
  • Page 133 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands................1-1 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression.................... 1-1 1.1.2 description ....................... 1-2 1.1.3 display brief interface ....................1-3 1.1.4 display interface ......................

  • Page 134: Ethernet Port Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 1.1 Ethernet Port Configuration Commands 1.1.1 broadcast-suppression Syntax broadcast-suppression { ratio | pps max-pps } undo broadcast-suppression...
  • Page 135 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Note: Do not use the broadcast-suppression command along with the storm-constrain command. Otherwise, the multicast storm suppression ratio configured may get invalid. Examples # Allow broadcast traffic equivalent to 20% of the total transmission capability of Ethernet 2/0/1 to pass and suppress the excessive broadcast packets.

  • Page 136: Display Brief Interface

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Configure the description of port Ethernet 2/0/1 as lanswitch-interface. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] description lanswitch-interface 1.1.3 display brief interface...
  • Page 137 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Display brief information of port(s). <Sysname> display brief interface The brief information of interface(s) under route mode: Interface Link Protocol-link Protocol type...

  • Page 138: Display Interface

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Field Description Port protocol link state, which can be up or Protocol-link down Protocol type Port protocol type Main IP Main IP The brief information of interface(s)
  • Page 139 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands If both port type and port number are specified, then only information of the specified port will be displayed. Related commands: interface. Examples # Display the current state of port Ethernet 2/0/1 and related information.
  • Page 140 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display interface command (in bridge mode) Field Description Ethernet2/0/1 current state Current physical link state of the Ethernet port...

  • Page 141: Display Loopback-Detection

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Field Description Average input rate over the last 300 seconds,; among which: packets/sec indicates the average input rate in terms of the average number of the packets received per second.

  • Page 142: Display Port-Group Manual

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Description Use the display loopback-detection command to display loopback detection information on a port If loopback detection is already enabled, this command will also display the detection interval and information on the ports currently detected with a loopback.

  • Page 143: Display Storm-Constrain

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands If you provide the all keyword, this command displays the details for all manual port groups, including their names and the Ethernet ports included.
  • Page 144 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Description Use the display storm-constrain command to display the information about storm constrain. If you provide no argument or keyword, this command displays the information about storm constrain for all types of packets on all the ports.
  • Page 145 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands 1.1.8 duplex Syntax duplex { auto | full | half } undo duplex View Ethernet port view Parameters auto: Indicates that the port is in an auto-negotiation state.
  • Page 146 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands View Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the flow-control command to enable flow control on an Ethernet port. Use the undo flow-control command to disable flow control on an Ethernet port.
  • Page 147 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Set the interval for collecting statistics to 100 seconds on Ethernet 2/0/1. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] flow-interval 100 1.1.11 group-member...

  • Page 148: Jumboframe Enable

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Parameters interface-type interface-number: Port type and port number. Description Use the interface command to enter the related port view. Examples # Enter Ethernet 2/0/1 port view.
  • Page 149 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Note: If you execute the jumboframe enable command repeatedly, the latest configuration takes effect. Examples # Enable jumbo frames under 1560 bytes to pass through Ethernet port 2/0/1.
  • Page 150 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Set the up/down suppression time of the physical connection of an Ethernet port to 8 seconds. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] link-delay 8 1.1.15 loopback...

  • Page 151: Loopback-Detection Control Enable

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands 1.1.16 loopback-detection control enable Syntax loopback-detection control enable undo loopback-detection control enable View Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the loopback-detection control enable command to enable loopback detection for a Trunk port or Hybrid port.
  • Page 152 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands undo loopback-detection enable View System view, Ethernet port view Parameters None Description Use the loopback-detection enable command to enable loopback detection globally or on a specified port.

  • Page 153: Loopback-Detection Interval-Time

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands 1.1.18 loopback-detection interval-time Syntax loopback-detection interval-time time undo loopback-detection interval-time View System view Parameters time: Time interval for performing port loopback detection, in the range 5 to 300 (in seconds).
  • Page 154 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Use the undo loopback-detection per-vlan enable command to enable loopback detection in the default VLAN with Trunk ports or Hybrid ports. By default, loopback detection is only enabled in the default VLAN(s) with Trunk ports or Hybrid ports.
  • Page 155 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] mdi across 1.1.21 multicast-suppression Syntax multicast-suppression { ratio | pps max-pps } undo multicast-suppression View Ethernet port view, port group view...
  • Page 156 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Note: If a suppression ratio is set in global configuration mode or in port configuration mode, the suppression ratio which first satisfies the condition takes effect.

  • Page 157: Reset Counters Interface

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands aggregation agg-id: Number of the specified port aggregation group. The specified port aggregation group must already exist. You can use the display link-aggregation summary command to display brief information of all existing port aggregation groups.
  • Page 158 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Clear the statistics on Ethernet 2/0/1. <Sysname> reset counters interface ethernet 2/0/1 1.1.24 shutdown Syntax shutdown undo shutdown View Ethernet port view...
  • Page 159 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands View Ethernet port view Parameters 10: Specifies the port rate as 10 Mbps. 100: Specifies the port rate as 100 Mbps. 1000: Specifies the port rate as 1,000 Mbps.

  • Page 160: Storm-Constrain Control

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Parameters all: Disables the storm constrain function for all types of packets (that is, multicast packets, and broadcast packets). broadcast: Enables/Disables the storm constrain function for broadcast packets.

  • Page 161: Storm-Constrain Enable Log

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands View Ethernet port view Parameters block: Blocks the traffic of a specific type on a port when the traffic detected exceeds the upper threshold.

  • Page 162: Storm-Constrain Enable Trap

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands corresponding threshold or the traffic drops down below the lower threshold after exceeding the upper threshold. Use the undo storm-constrain enable log command to disable log sending.

  • Page 163: Storm-Constrain Interval

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands 1.1.30 storm-constrain interval Syntax storm-constrain interval seconds undo storm-constrain interval View System view Parameters Seconds: Interval for generating traffic statistics, in the range 1 to 300 (in seconds).
  • Page 164 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Parameters ratio: Maximum ratio of unicast traffic to the total transmission capability of an Ethernet port, in the range of 1 to 100. The smaller the ratio is, the less unicast traffic is allowed through the port.
  • Page 165 Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 1 Ethernet Port Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands [Sysname-port-group manual group1] group-member ethernet 2/0/3 [Sysname-port-group manual group1] unicast-suppression 20 1-32...

  • Page 166: Chapter 2 Port Isolation Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 2 Port Isolation Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Chapter 2 Port Isolation Configuration Commands 2.1 Port Isolation Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display port-isolate group Syntax display port-isolate group View Any view Parameters...

  • Page 167: Port-Isolate Enable

    Command Manual – Port Correlation Configuration Chapter 2 Port Isolation Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands 2.1.2 port-isolate enable Syntax port-isolate enable undo port-isolate enable View Ethernet port view, port group view Parameters None Description Use the port-isolate enable command to add a port to the isolation group as ordinary port only.
  • Page 168 Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands............1-1 1.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands..............1-1 1.1.1 display lacp system-id ..................... 1-1 1.1.2 display link-aggregation interface................1-1 1.1.3 display link-aggregation service-type ..............

  • Page 169: Link Aggregation Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display lacp system-id Syntax display lacp system-id View Any view Parameters None...
  • Page 170 Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Description Use the display link-aggregation interface command to display detailed information about link aggregation for the specified port or ports. You may find that information about the remote system is replaced by 0 and no statistics about LACPDUs are provided for manual link aggregation groups.

  • Page 171: Display Link-Aggregation Service-Type

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display link-aggregation interface command Field Description One-octet LACP state flags field. From the least to the...

  • Page 172: Display Link-Aggregation Summary

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters agg-id: ID of an existing service loop group. Description Use the display link-aggregation service-type command to display information about the specified service loop groups.
  • Page 173 Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Description Use the display link-aggregation summary command to display a summary for all link aggregation groups. You may find that information about the remote system for a manual link aggregation group is either replaced by none or not displayed at all.

  • Page 174: Display Link-Aggregation Verbose

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1.5 display link-aggregation verbose Syntax display link-aggregation verbose [ agg-id ] View Any view Parameters agg-id: ID of an existing link aggregation group. Description Use the display link-aggregation verbose command to display detailed information about the specified or all link aggregation groups.
  • Page 175 Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display link-aggregation verbose command Field Description Load sharing type, either shar for load sharing or NonS for...

  • Page 176: Lacp Port-Priority

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1.6 lacp port-priority Syntax lacp port-priority port-priority undo lacp port-priority View Ethernet port view Parameters port-priority: Port LACP priority, in the range 0 to 65535.

  • Page 177: Link-Aggregation Group Description

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Examples # Assign LACP priority 64 to the local system. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] lacp system-priority 64 1.1.8 link-aggregation group description Syntax link-aggregation group agg-id description agg-name...

  • Page 178: Link-Aggregation Group Service-Type

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Parameters agg-id: Link aggregation group ID. manual: Creates a manual link aggregation group. static: Creates a static LACP link aggregation group. Description Use the link-aggregation group mode command to create a link aggregation group.

  • Page 179: Port Link-Aggregation Group

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Note: You can remove an existing service loop group using the undo link-aggregation group command. However, service loop groups currently referenced by modules cannot be removed.

  • Page 180: Reset Lacp Statistics

    Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands 1.1.12 port-group aggregation Syntax port-group aggregation agg-id View System view Parameters agg-id: Aggregation port group ID, same as the ID of its corresponding link aggregation group.
  • Page 181 Command Manual – Link Aggregation H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Description Use the reset lacp statistics command to clear statistics about LACP on a specified port or ports. Related commands: display link-aggregation interface. Examples # Clear statistics about LACP on all ports.
  • Page 182 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management Configuration Commands ........ 1-1 1.1 MAC Address Table Management Configuration Commands .......... 1-1 1.1.1 display mac-address ....................1-1 1.1.2 display mac-address aging-time ................

  • Page 183: Chapter 1 Mac Address Table Management

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management Configuration Commands 1.1 MAC Address Table Management Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display mac-address Syntax display mac-address blackhole [ vlan vlan-id ] [ count ]...

  • Page 184: Display Mac-Address Aging-Time

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Examples # Display the MAC address table entry for MAC address 00e0-fc01-0101. <Sysname> display mac-address 00e0-fc01-0101 MAC ADDR VLAN ID...

  • Page 185: Display Mac-Address Mac-Learning

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands <Sysname> display mac-address aging-time Mac address aging time: 300s The above information indicates that the aging time of dynamic entries in the MAC address table is 300 seconds.

  • Page 186: Mac-Address (Ethernet Port View)

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.1.4 mac-address (Ethernet port view) Syntax mac-address { dynamic | static } mac-address vlan vlan-id undo mac-address { dynamic | static } mac-address vlan vlan-id...

  • Page 187: Mac-Address (System View)

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.1.5 mac-address (system view) Syntax mac-address blackhole mac-address vlan vlan-id mac-address { dynamic | static } mac-address interface interface-type interface-number vlan vlan-id...

  • Page 188: Mac-Address Mac-Learning Disable

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Use the undo mac-address [ blackhole | dynamic | static ] interface interface-type interface-number command to remove a MAC address entry, MAC address entries of a specified type, or all MAC address entries for an Ethernet port.

  • Page 189: Mac-Address Max-Mac-Count

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands You may need to disable MAC address learning sometimes to prevent the MAC address table from being saturated, for example, when your device is being attacked by a great deal of packets with different source MAC addresses.

  • Page 190: Mac-Address Timer

    Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Use the undo mac-address max-mac-count command to remove the restriction on the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on an Ethernet port.
  • Page 191 Command Manual – MAC Address Table Management Chapter 1 MAC Address Table Management H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Examples # Set the aging timer for dynamic MAC address entries to 500 seconds. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] mac-address timer aging 500...
  • Page 192 Command Manual – IP Source Guard H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IP Source Guard Commands ..................1-1 1.1 IP Source Guard Commands..................... 1-1 1.1.1 display ip check source ................... 1-1 1.1.2 display user-bind ..................... 1-2 1.1.3 ip check source .......................

  • Page 193: Ip Source Guard Commands

    Command Manual – IP Source Guard H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IP Source Guard Commands Chapter 1 IP Source Guard Commands 1.1 IP Source Guard Commands 1.1.1 display ip check source Syntax display ip check source [ interface interface-type interface-number | ip-address...

  • Page 194: Display User-Bind

    Command Manual – IP Source Guard H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IP Source Guard Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display ip check source command Field Description MAC address of the dynamic binding. N/A means that no MAC address is bound in the entry.

  • Page 195: Ip Check Source

    Command Manual – IP Source Guard H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IP Source Guard Commands <Sysname> display user-bind The following user address bindings have been configured: Vlan Port Status 1.1.1.1 Ethernet2/0/6 Static 0002-0002-0002 1.1.1.1 Ethernet2/0/6 Static ------------------2 binding entries queried, 2 listed------------------...
  • Page 196 Command Manual – IP Source Guard H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IP Source Guard Commands Note that you cannot configure the dynamic binding function on a port that is in an aggregation group. Related commands: display ip check source.
  • Page 197 Command Manual – IP Source Guard H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IP Source Guard Commands Related commands: display user-bind. Examples # Configure a static binding on port Ethernet 2/0/1. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface ethernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] user-bind ip-address 192.168.0.1...
  • Page 198 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 active region-configuration ..................1-1 1.1.2 check region-configuration ..................1-1 1.1.3 display stp ....................... 1-3 1.1.4 display stp abnormal-port..................
  • Page 199 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 1.1.37 stp timer forward-delay..................1-35 1.1.38 stp timer hello ...................... 1-36 1.1.39 stp timer max-age ....................1-37 1.1.40 stp timer-factor ....................1-38 1.1.41 stp transmit-limit ....................1-38 1.1.42 vlan-mapping modulo..................1-39...

  • Page 200: Chapter 1 Mstp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.1 active region-configuration Syntax active region-configuration View MST region view Parameters None Description Use the active region-configuration command to activate your MST region configuration.
  • Page 201 MST region-related parameters mentioned above are not consistent with those of another switch in the region. The H3C series support only the MST region name, VLAN-to-MSTI mapping table, and revision level. Switches with the settings of these parameters being the same are assigned to the same MST region.

  • Page 202: Display Stp

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Field Description Revision level Revision level of the MST region Instance Vlans Mapped VLAN-to-instance mappings in the MST region 1.1.3 display stp Syntax display stp [ instance instance-id ] [ interface interface-list | slot slot-number ] [ brief ]...
  • Page 203 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands If you specify a port list, this command will display the MSTP information on the specified ports. The displayed information is sequenced by spanning tree instance ID, and by port name in each spanning tree instance.

  • Page 204: Display Stp Abnormal-Port

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands GigabitEthernet2/0/4* DESI FORWARDING NONE (*) means port in aggregation group Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display stp command Field Description MSTID spanning tree instance ID in the MST region...

  • Page 205: Display Stp Down-Port

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands GigabitEthernet2/0/2 LOOP-Protected GigabitEthernet2/0/3 Formatcompatibility–Protected Table 1-3 Description on the fields of the display stp abnormal-port command Field Description MSTID spanning tree instance ID Name of blocked port, which corresponds to the related...

  • Page 206: Display Stp History

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Table 1-4 Description on the fields of the display stp abnormal-port command Field Description Down Port Name of blocked port Reason that caused the port to be blocked.

  • Page 207: Display Stp Region-Configuration

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands --------------- STP slot 1 history trace --------------- ------------------- Instance 2 --------------------- Port GigabitEthernet2/0/1 Role change : ROOT->DESI (Aged) Time : 2006/08/08 00:22:56 Port priority : 0.00e0-fc01-6510 0 0.00e0-fc01-6510 128.1...

  • Page 208: Display Stp Root

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Oper Configuration Format selector :0 Region name :hello Revision level Instance Vlans Mapped 21 to 4094 1 to 10 11 to 20 Table 1-6 Description on the fields of the display stp region-configuration command...

  • Page 209: Display Stp Tc

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Table 1-7 Description on the fields of the display stp root command Field Description MSTID spanning tree instance ID Root Bridge ID Root bridge ID ExtPathCost...
  • Page 210 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands <Sysname> display stp instance 0 tc slot 1 -------------- STP slot 1 TC or TCN count ------------- MSTID Port Receive Send GigabitEthernet2/0/1 GigabitEthernet2/0/2 Table 1-8 Description on the fields of the display stp tc command...
  • Page 211 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands If you specify no VLAN in the undo instance command, all VLANs mapped to the specified spanning tree instance will be remapped to the CIST. You cannot map the same VLAN to different spanning tree instances. If you map a VLAN that has been mapped to an instance to a new instance, the old mapping will be automatically removed.

  • Page 212: Reset Stp

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.12 reset stp Syntax reset stp [ interface interface-list ] View User view Parameters interface interface-list: Clears the spanning tree statistics information on one or multiple ports. You can provide up to 10 port lists, by each of which you can specify an...
  • Page 213 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the region-level command to configure the MSTP revision level of your device. Use the undo region-level command to restore the default MSTP revision level.

  • Page 214: Stp Bpdu-Protection

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands After you enable MSTP, the device determines whether to work in STP-compatible mode, in RSTP mode or in MSTP mode according to your MSTP work mode setting.

  • Page 215: Stp Bridge-Diameter

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Examples # Enable the BPDU guard function for the device. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] stp bpdu-protection 1.1.16 stp bridge-diameter Syntax stp bridge-diameter bridge-number undo stp bridge-diameter View...

  • Page 216: Stp Compliance

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.17 stp compliance Syntax stp compliance { auto | dot1s | legacy } undo stp compliance View Ethernet interface view, port group view Parameters auto: Configures the port(s) to recognize the MSTP BPDU format automatically and accordingly determine the format of MSTP BPDUs to send.

  • Page 217: Stp Config-Digest-Snooping

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands [Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] stp compliance dot1s # Restore the default mode for port GigabitEthernet 2/0/1 to recognize and send MSTP BPDUs. <Sysname>system-view [Sysname] interface GigabitEthernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] undo stp compliance 1.1.18 stp config-digest-snooping...

  • Page 218: Stp Cost

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.19 stp cost Syntax stp [ instance instance-id ] cost cost undo stp [ instance instance-id ] cost View Ethernet interface view, port group view Parameters instance instance-id: Sets the path cost of the port(s) in a particular spanning tree instance.

  • Page 219: Stp Edged-Port

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.20 stp edged-port Syntax stp edged-port { enable | disable } undo stp edged-port View Ethernet interface view, port group view Parameters enable: Configures the current port to be an edge port.

  • Page 220: Stp Loop-Protection

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.21 stp loop-protection Syntax stp loop-protection undo stp loop-protection View Ethernet interface view, port group view Parameters None Description Use the stp loop-protection command to enable the loop guard function on the port(s).

  • Page 221: Stp Mcheck

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp max-hops command to set the maximum number of hops of the MST region on the device. Use the undo stp max-hops command to restore the maximum number of hops to the default setting.

  • Page 222: Stp Mode

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands However, if the device running STP is removed, this will not be able to migrate automatically to the MSTP (or RSTP) mode, but will remain working in the STP-compatible mode.

  • Page 223: Stp No-Agreement-Check

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.25 stp no-agreement-check Syntax stp no-agreement-check undo stp no-agreement-check View Ethernet interface view, port group view Parameters None Description Use the stp no-agreement-check command to enable No Agreement Check on the port(s).
  • Page 224 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameters dot1d-1998: The device calculates the default path cost for ports based on IEEE 802.1D-1998. dot1t: The device calculates the default path cost for ports based on IEEE 802.1t.

  • Page 225: Stp Point-To-Point

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Cost = 200,000,000/link speed (in 100 kbps), where link speed is the sum of the link speed values of the non-blocked ports in the aggregated link.

  • Page 226: Stp Port-Log

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands If the current port is the master port of a link aggregation group or if it works in full duplex mode, the link to which the current port connects is a point-to-point link. We recommend that you use the default setting, namely let MSTP detect the link status automatically.

  • Page 227: Stp Port Priority

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands [Sysname] stp port-log instance 2 %Aug 00:49:41:856 2006 Sysname MSTP/3/PDISC: Instance GigabitEthernet2/0/1 has been set to discarding state! %Aug 00:49:41:856 2006 Sysname MSTP/3/PFWD: Instance GigabitEthernet2/0/2 has been set to forwarding state!

  • Page 228: Stp Priority

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Examples # Set the priority of port GigabitEthernet 2/0/1 in spanning tree instance 2 to 16. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface GigabitEthernet 2/0/1 [Sysname-GigabitEthernet2/0/1] stp instance 2 port priority 16 1.1.30 stp priority...

  • Page 229: Stp Root Primary

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands undo stp region-configuration View System view Parameters None Description Use the stp region-configuration command to enter MST region view. Use the undo stp region-configuration command to restore the default MST region configurations.

  • Page 230: Stp Root Secondary

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands centi-seconds: Hello time (in centiseconds) of the spanning tree, in the range of 100 to 1,000. Description Use the stp root primary command to configure the current device as the root bridge.
  • Page 231 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands View System view Parameters instance instance-id: Configures the device as a secondary root bridge in a particular spanning tree instance. The effective range of instance-id is 0 to 31, with 0 representing the CIST.

  • Page 232: Stp Root-Protection

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] stp instance 0 root secondary bridge-diameter 5 hello-time 300 1.1.34 stp root-protection Syntax stp root-protection undo stp root-protection View Ethernet interface view, port group view...

  • Page 233: Stp Tc-Protection Threshold

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Description Use the stp tc-protection enable command to enable the TC-BPDU attack guard function for the device. Use the stp tc-protection disable command to disable the TC-BPDU attack guard function for the device.

  • Page 234: Stp Timer Forward-Delay

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.37 stp timer forward-delay Syntax stp timer forward-delay centi-seconds undo stp timer forward-delay View System view Parameters centi-seconds: Forward delay in centiseconds, in the range of 400 to 3,000.

  • Page 235: Stp Timer Hello

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands [Sysname] stp timer forward-delay 2000 1.1.38 stp timer hello Syntax stp timer hello centi-seconds undo stp timer hello View System view Parameters centi-seconds: Hello time (in centiseconds), in the range of 100 to 1,000.

  • Page 236: Stp Timer Max-Age

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.39 stp timer max-age Syntax stp timer max-age centi-seconds undo stp timer max-age View System view Parameters centi-seconds: Max age (in centiseconds), in the range of 600 to 4,000.

  • Page 237: Stp Timer-Factor

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands 1.1.40 stp timer-factor Syntax stp timer-factor number undo stp timer-factor View System view Parameters number: Timeout factor, in the range of 1 to 20. Description Use the stp timer-factor command to configure the timeout time of the device by setting the timeout factor.

  • Page 238: Vlan-Mapping Modulo

    Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands Parameters packet-number: Maximum number of MSTP packets that the port can send within each hello time, namely the maximum transmission rate of the port, in the range of 1 to 255.
  • Page 239 Command Manual – MSTP H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 MSTP Configuration Commands You cannot map the same VLAN to different spanning tree instances. If you map a VLAN that has been mapped to an instance to a new instance, the old mapping will be automatically removed.
  • Page 240 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands..................1-1 1.1 Routing Overview Commands ................... 1-1 1.1.1 display ip relay-route ....................1-1 1.1.2 display ip relay-tunnel ..................... 1-2 1.1.3 display ip routing-table ....................

  • Page 241: Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands

    Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a Layer 3 switch running routing protocols. Currently, the LSQ1GP12EA board on S7500E series Ethernet switches does not support IPv6 features. 1.1 Routing Overview Commands 1.1.1 display ip relay-route...

  • Page 242: Display Ip Relay-Tunnel

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Table 1-1 Description on the fields of the display ip relay-route command Field Description Total Number of Relay-route Total number of recursive routes Dest/Mask...

  • Page 243: Display Ip Routing-Table

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands 1.1.3 display ip routing-table Syntax display ip routing-table [ verbose | | { begin | exclude | include } regular-expression ] View Any view Parameters verbose: Displays detailed routing table information, including that for inactive routes.
  • Page 244 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Character Meaning Remarks Asterisk, indicates that the character(s) to its zo* matches z and zoo. left can appear 0 or more times. Plus, indicates that the character(s) to its left zo+ matches zo and zoo, but not z.
  • Page 245 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Field Description Nexthop Address of the next hop on the route Interface Output interface for packets to be forwarded along the route # Display detailed information about all routes in the routing table.
  • Page 246 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Tunnel ID: 0x0 Label: NULL State: Active NoAdv Age: 3d23h11m51s Tag: 0 Destination: 192.168.0.0/24 Protocol: Direct Process ID: 0 Preference: 0 Cost: 0 NextHop: 192.168.0.72 Interface: Vlan-interface1 RelyNextHop: 0.0.0.0...
  • Page 247 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Field Description Route status: Active This is an active unicast route. This route can be advertised. Delete This route is deleted. Gateway This is an indirect route.

  • Page 248: Display Ip Routing-Table Acl

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands 1.1.4 display ip routing-table acl Syntax display ip routing-table acl acl-number [ verbose ] View Any view Parameters acl-number: Basic ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 2999.
  • Page 249 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands 192.168.0.0/24 Direct 0 192.168.0.136 Vlan1 192.168.0.136/32 Direct 0 127.0.0.1 InLoop0 For detailed description of the above output, see Table 1-4. # Display detailed information about both active and inactive routes permitted by basic ACL 2000.
  • Page 250 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands mask-length: IP address mask length in the range 0 to 32. mask: IP address mask in dotted decimal format. longer-match: Displays the route with the longest mask.
  • Page 251 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Use the display ip routing-table ip-address1 { mask-length | mask } ip-address2 { mask-length | mask } command to display route entries with destination addresses within a specified range.

  • Page 252: Display Ip Routing-Table Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Destination/Mask Proto Cost NextHop Interface 11.1.1.0/24 Static 60 0.0.0.0 NULL0 # Display route entries for destination addresses in the range 1.1.1.0 to 5.5.5.0. <Sysname> display ip routing-table 1.1.1.0 24 5.5.5.0 24...
  • Page 253 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands # Display brief information about active routes permitted by the prefix list test. [Sysname] display ip routing-table ip-prefix test Routes Matched by Prefix list : test...
  • Page 254 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands View Any view Parameters protocol: Routing protocol. It can be BGP, DIRECT, ISIS, OSPF, RIP, or STATIC. inactive: Displays information about only inactive routes. With this argument absent, the command displays information about both active and inactive routes.

  • Page 255: Display Ip Routing-Table Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Static Routing table Status : < Inactive> Summary Count : 1 Destination/Mask Proto Cost NextHop Interface 1.2.3.0/24 Static 1.2.4.5 Vlan10 For detailed description of the above output, see Table 1-4.

  • Page 256: Display Ipv6 Relay-Route

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Field Description deleted Number of routes marked as deleted, which will be freed after a period. freed Number of routes that got freed, that is, got removed permanently...

  • Page 257: Display Ipv6 Relay-Tunnel

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands 1.1.10 display ipv6 relay-tunnel Syntax display ipv6 relay-tunnel View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display ipv6 relay-tunnel command to display IPv6 recursive tunnel information.

  • Page 258: Display Ipv6 Routing-Table Acl

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Parameters None Description Use the display ipv6 routing-table command to display brief routing table information, including destination IP address and prefix, protocol type, priority, metric, next hop and outbound interface.

  • Page 259: Display Ipv6 Routing-Table Ipv6-Address

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Parameters acl6-number: Basic IPv6 ACL number, in the range 2000 to 2999. verbose: Displays both active and inactive verbose routing information permitted by the ACL. Without this keyword, only brief active routing information is displayed.
  • Page 260 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Description Use the display ipv6 routing-table ipv6-address command to display routing information about the specified destination IPv6 address. Executing the command with different parameters yields different output:...

  • Page 261: Display Ipv6 Routing-Table Ipv6-Address1 Ipv6-Address

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Summary Count : 1 Destination: 10::/120 Protocol : Static NextHop : :: Preference: 60 Interface : NULL0 Cost Refer to Table 1-9 for description about the above output.

  • Page 262: Display Ipv6 Routing-Table Ipv6-Prefix

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Destination: 300::/64 Protocol : Static NextHop : 1::2 Preference: 60 Interface : Vlan1 Cost Refer to Table 1-9 for description about the above output.

  • Page 263: Display Ipv6 Routing-Table Statistics

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Parameters protocol: Displays routes of a routing protocol, which can be bgp4+, direct, isisv6, ospfv3, ripng and static. inactive: Displays only inactive routes. Without the keyword, all active and inactive routes are displayed.

  • Page 264: Display Ipv6 Routing-Table Verbose

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Description Use the display ipv6 routing-table statistics command to display routing statistics, including total route number, added route number and deleted route number. Examples # Display routing statistics.
  • Page 265 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Description Use the display ipv6 routing-table verbose command to display detailed information about all active and inactive routes, including the statistics of the entire routing table and information for each route.

  • Page 266: Reset Ip Routing-Table Statistics Protocol

    Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Field Description Label Label Time that has elapsed since the route was generated 1.1.19 reset ip routing-table statistics protocol Syntax reset ip routing-table statistics protocol { all | protocol }...
  • Page 267 Command Manual – IP Routing Overview H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Routing Overview Commands Description Use the reset ipv6 routing-table statistics command to clear the route statistics of the routing table. Examples # Clear statistics for all routing protocols.
  • Page 268 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Static Routing Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 Static Routing Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 delete static-routes all ..................... 1-1 1.1.2 ip route-static......................1-2 1.1.3 ip route-static default-preference ................
  • Page 269 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 2.1.31 validate-source-address..................2-28 2.1.32 version......................... 2-28 Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands................3-1 3.1 OSPF Configuration Commands ..................3-1 3.1.1 abr-summary ......................3-1 3.1.2 area ......................... 3-2 3.1.3 asbr-summary ......................3-3 3.1.4 authentication-mode....................
  • Page 270 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 3.1.39 ospf authentication-mode..................3-43 3.1.40 ospf cost ......................3-45 3.1.41 ospf dr-priority ..................... 3-46 3.1.42 ospf mib-binding ....................3-46 3.1.43 ospf mtu-enable ....................3-47 3.1.44 ospf network-type....................3-48 3.1.45 ospf timer dead....................
  • Page 271 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 4.1.18 filter-policy export ....................4-22 4.1.19 filter-policy import ....................4-24 4.1.20 flash-flood......................4-24 4.1.21 import-route ......................4-25 4.1.22 import-route isis level-2 into level-1 ..............4-27 4.1.23 isis ........................4-28 4.1.24 isis authentication-mode ..................
  • Page 272 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands.................. 5-1 5.1 BGP Configuration Commands ..................5-1 5.1.1 aggregate ........................ 5-1 5.1.2 balance........................5-3 5.1.3 bestroute as-path-neglect ..................5-3 5.1.4 bestroute compare-med ..................5-4 5.1.5 bestroute med-confederation ..................
  • Page 273 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 5.1.41 peer allow-as-loop....................5-37 5.1.42 peer as-number ....................5-38 5.1.43 peer as-path-acl ....................5-38 5.1.44 peer capability-advertise conventional..............5-39 5.1.45 peer capability-advertise route-refresh ............... 5-40 5.1.46 peer connect-interface ..................5-41 5.1.47 peer default-route-advertise ................
  • Page 274 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 6.1.2 apply comm-list delete .................... 6-2 6.1.3 apply community ..................... 6-3 6.1.4 apply cost ........................ 6-4 6.1.5 apply cost-type ......................6-4 6.1.6 apply extcommunity ....................6-5 6.1.7 apply isis........................6-6 6.1.8 apply local-preference.....................

  • Page 275: Static Routing Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Static Routing Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Static Routing Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a Layer 3 switch.

  • Page 276: Ip Route-Static

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Static Routing Configuration Commands 1.1.2 ip route-static Syntax ip route-static dest-address { mask | mask-length } { gateway-address | interface-type interface-number [ gateway-address ] } [ preference preference-value ] [ tag tag-value ]...

  • Page 277: Ip Route-Static Default-Preference

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Static Routing Configuration Commands When configuring a static route, you can specify the output interface or the next hop address based on the actual requirement. Note that the next hop address must not be the IP address of the local interface;...
  • Page 278 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Static Routing Configuration Commands Description Use the ip route-static default-preference command to configure the default preference for static routes. Use the undo ip route-static default-preference command to restore the default.

  • Page 279: Rip Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a Layer 3 switch.

  • Page 280: Default Cost

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.2 default cost Syntax default cost value undo default cost View RIP view Parameters value: Default metric of redistributed routes, in the range of 0 to 16.

  • Page 281: Display Rip

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the default-route originate cost command to advertise a default route with the specified metric to RIP neighbors. Use the undo default-route originate command to disable the sending of a default route.
  • Page 282 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands RIP process : 1 RIP version : 1 Preference : 100 Checkzero : Enabled Default-cost : 0 Summary : Enabled Hostroutes : Enabled Maximum number of balanced paths : 4...

  • Page 283: Display Rip Database

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Field Description Suppress time RIP suppress interval Garbage-collect time RIP garbage collection interval TRIP retransmit interval for sending TRIP retransmit time update requests and responses.

  • Page 284: Display Rip Interface

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 10.0.0.0/8, cost 1, ClassfulSumm 10.0.0.0/24, cost 1, nexthop 10.0.0.1, Rip-interface 11.0.0.0/8, cost 1, ClassfulSumm 11.0.0.0/24, cost 1, nexthop 10.0.0.1, Imported Table 2-2 Description on fields of the display rip database command...

  • Page 285: Display Rip Route

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Current packets number/Maximum packets number: 234/2000 Table 2-3 Description on the fields of the display rip interface command Field Description Interface-name The name of an interface running RIP.
  • Page 286 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Examples # Display all routing information of RIP process 1. <Sysname> display rip 1 route Route Flags: R-RIP, T-TRIP P-Permanent, A-Aging, S-Suppressed, G-Garbage-collect -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Peer 21.0.0.23 on Vlan-interface1...
  • Page 287 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Table 2-4 Description on the fields of the display rip route command Field Description R — RIP route T — TRIP route P — The route never expires Route Flags A —...
  • Page 288 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.8 filter-policy export Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ protocol [ process-id ] | interface-type interface-number ] undo filter-policy export [ protocol [ process-id ] | interface-type interface-number ]...
  • Page 289 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands # Reference IP prefix list abc to filter outbound routes on VLAN-interface 10. [Sysname-rip-1] filter-policy ip-prefix abc export vlan-interface 10 2.1.9 filter-policy import Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | gateway ip-prefix-name | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name...
  • Page 290 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands undo host-route View RIP view Parameters None Description Use the host-route command to enable host route reception. Use the undo host-route command to disable host route reception.
  • Page 291 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Parameters protocol: Specify a routing protocol from which to redistribute routes, currently including bgp, direct, isis, ospf, rip, rip and static. process-id: Process number of the routing protocol, in the range of 1 to 65535, used for isis, rip, and ospf.
  • Page 292 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.12 maximum load-balancing Syntax maximum load-balancing number undo maximum load-balancing View RIP view Parameters number: Maximum number of load balanced routes, in the range 1 to 4.
  • Page 293 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Use the undo network command to disable RIP on the interface attached to the specified network. RIP runs only on the interfaces attached to the specified network. For an interface not on the specified network, RIP neither receives/sends routes on it nor forwards interface route through it.

  • Page 294: Reset Rip Statistics

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands [Sysname] rip 1 [Sysname-rip-1] peer 202.38.165.1 2.1.15 preference Syntax preference [ route-policy route-policy-name ] value undo preference [ route-policy ] View RIP view Parameters route-policy-name: Routing policy name with 1 to 19 characters.
  • Page 295 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View User view Parameters process-id: RIP process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535. Description Use the reset rip statistics command to clear the statistics of the specified RIP process.

  • Page 296: Rip Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands [Sysname-rip-1] 2.1.18 rip authentication-mode Syntax rip authentication-mode { md5 { rfc2082 key-string key-id | rfc2453 key-string } | simple password } undo rip authentication-mode View...

  • Page 297: Rip Input

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.19 rip input Syntax rip input undo rip input View Interface view Parameters None Description Use the rip input command to enable the interface to receive RIP messages.

  • Page 298: Rip Metricout

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands By default, the additional metric of a received route is 0. When a valid RIP route is received, the system adds a metric to it and then installs it into the routing table.

  • Page 299: Rip Output

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.22 rip mib-binding Syntax rip mib-binding process-id undo rip mib-binding View System view Parameters process-id: RIP process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535.

  • Page 300: Rip Poison-Reverse

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Use the undo rip output command to disable the interface from sending RIP messages. Sending RIP messages is enabled on an interface by default. Related commands: rip input.

  • Page 301: Rip Summary-Address

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameters None Description Use the rip split-horizon command to enable the split horizon function. Use the undo rip split-horizon command to disable the split horizon function.

  • Page 302: Rip Version

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Description Use the rip summary-address command to configure RIPv2 to advertise a summary route through the interface. Use the undo rip summary-address command to remove the configuration.
  • Page 303 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Send RIPv1 broadcast messages Receive RIPv1 broadcast messages Receive RIPv1 unicast messages When RIPv2 runs on the interface in broadcast mode, the interface will: Send RIPv2 broadcast messages...
  • Page 304 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands By default, all interfaces are allowed to send routing updates. Examples # Configure all VLAN interfaces to work in the silent state, and activate VLAN-interface <Sysname>...
  • Page 305 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands 2.1.30 timers Syntax timers { garbage-collect garbage-collect-value | suppress suppress-value | timeout timeout-value | update update-value }* undo timers { garbage-collect | suppress | timeout | update } *...
  • Page 306 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands Examples # Specifies the update, timeout, suppress, and garbage-collect timers as 5, 15, 15 and 30 respectively. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] rip 100 [Sysname-rip-100] timers update 5...
  • Page 307 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 RIP Configuration Commands undo version View RIP view Parameters 1: Specifies the RIP version as RIPv1. 2: Specifies the RIP version as RIPv2. RIPv2 messages are multicast. Description Use the version command to specify a global RIP version.

  • Page 308: Ospf Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1 OSPF Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a Layer 3 switch running routing protocols.
  • Page 309 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands This command is usable only on an ABR. Multiple contiguous networks may be available in an area, where you can summarize them with one network on the ABR for advertisement.
  • Page 310 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.3 asbr-summary Syntax asbr-summary ip-address { mask | mask-length } [ tag tag | not-advertise | cost cost ]* undo asbr-summary ip-address { mask | mask-length }...
  • Page 311 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Summarize redistributed routes with a single route. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip route-static 10.2.1.0 24 null 0 [Sysname] ip route-static 10.2.2.0 24 null 0...
  • Page 312 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.5 bandwidth-reference Syntax bandwidth-reference value undo bandwidth-reference View OSPF view Parameters value: Bandwidth reference value for link cost calculation, in the range 1 to 2147483648 Mbps.
  • Page 313 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands limit: Specifies the default upper limit of routes redistributed per time, in the range 1 to 2147483647. tag: Specifies the default tag for redistributed routes, in the range 0 to 4294967295.
  • Page 314 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Configure Area 1 as a stub area, and specify the cost of the default route advertised to the stub area as 20. <Sysname> system-view...
  • Page 315 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands table, the always keyword should be included to generate a default route in a Type-5 LSA. The default-route-advertise summary cost command is applicable only to VPNs, and the default route is redistributed in a Type-3 LSA.

  • Page 316: Display Ospf Abr-Asbr

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands # Describe the OSPF area0 as bone area. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] area 0 [Sysname-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.0] description bone area 3.1.10 display ospf abr-asbr Syntax...

  • Page 317: Display Ospf Asbr-Summary

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Nexthop Next hop address RtType Router type: ABR, ASBR 3.1.11 display ospf asbr-summary Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] asbr-summary [ ip-address { mask | mask-length } ]...

  • Page 318: Display Ospf Brief

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands : 30.1.0.0 Mask : 255.255.0.0 : 20 Status : Advertise Cost : 10 (Configured) The Count of Route is : 2 Destination Net Mask Proto...
  • Page 319 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameters process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range 1 to 65535. Description Use the display ospf brief command to display OSPF brief information. If no OSPF process is specified, brief information about all OSPF processes is displayed.
  • Page 320 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Table 3-3 Description on the fields of the display ospf brief command Field Description RouterID Router ID Border Router ABR, ASBR or NSSA ABR Route Tag...

  • Page 321: Display Ospf Cumulative

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Intervals of timers: hello, dead, poll, retransmit, Timers and transmit delay 3.1.13 display ospf cumulative Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] cumulative View...
  • Page 322 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Opq-Link: 0 Opq-Area: 0 Opq-As: 0 LSAs Originated: 4 LSAs Received: 7 Routing Table: Intra Area: 2 Inter Area: 3 ASE/NSSA: 0 Table 3-4 Description on the fields of the display ospf cumulative command...

  • Page 323: Display Ospf Error

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Inter Area Inter-area route number ASE route number 3.1.14 display ospf error Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] error View Any view Parameters process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range 1 to 65535.
  • Page 324 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands : LS UPD: LSA checksum bad : LS UPD: Received less recent LSA : LS UPD: Unknown LSA type Table 3-5 Description on the fields of the display ospf error command...

  • Page 325: Display Ospf Interface

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description LS UPD: Received less recent LSU packets without latest LSA LS UPD: Unknown LSA type LSU packets with unknown LSA type 3.1.15 display ospf interface...

  • Page 326: Display Ospf Lsdb

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Table 3-6 Description on the fields of the display ospf interface command Field Description Area Area ID of the interface IP address Interface IP address (regardless of whether TE is enabled or not)
  • Page 327 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands originate-router advertising-router-id: Displays information about LSAs originated by the specified router. self-originate: Displays information about self-originated LSAs. Description Use the display ospf lsdb command to display LSDB information.

  • Page 328: Display Ospf Nexthop

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Sysname] display ospf 1 lsdb network OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 192.168.1.1 Area: 0.0.0.0 Link State Database Type : Network LS ID : 192.168.0.2 Adv Rtr : 192.168.2.1...

  • Page 329: Display Ospf Peer

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range 1 to 65535. Description Use the display ospf nexthop command to display OSPF next hop information.
  • Page 330 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range 1 to 65535. verbose: Displays detailed neighbor information. interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number.
  • Page 331 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description GR State GR state Neighbor state: Down, Init, Attempt, 2-Way, Exstart, State Exchange, Loading or Full Mode Neighbor mode for DD exchange: master or slave...

  • Page 332: Display Ospf Peer Statistics

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.19 display ospf peer statistics Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] peer statistics View Any view Parameters process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range 1 to 65535.

  • Page 333: Display Ospf Request-Queue

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Under this state, the router decides on sequence numbers for DD ExStart packets. Under this state, the router exchanges link state information with the Exchange neighbor.

  • Page 334: Display Ospf Retrans-Queue

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Request list: Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Sequence Router 2.2.2.2 1.1.1.1 80000004 Network 192.168.0.1 1.1.1.1 80000003 Sum-Net 192.168.1.0 1.1.1.1 80000002 Table 3-13 Description on the fields of the display ospf request queue command...

  • Page 335: Display Ospf Routing

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands If no OSPF process is specified, the retransmission queue information of all OSPF processes is displayed. Examples # Display OSPF retransmission queue information. <Sysname> display ospf retrans-queue OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1...
  • Page 336 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range 1 to 65535. interface interface-type interface-number: Displays OSPF routing information advertised via the interface.

  • Page 337: Display Ospf Vlink

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Field Description Total Nets Total networks Intra Area Total intra-area routes Inter Area Total inter-area routes Total ASE routes NSSA Total NSSA routes 3.1.23 display ospf vlink...

  • Page 338: Enable Log

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Table 3-16 Description on the fields of the display ospf vlink command Field Description ID of the neighbor connected to the router via the virtual...
  • Page 339 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] enable log 3.1.25 filter Syntax filter { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } { import | export } undo filter { import | export }...
  • Page 340 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.26 filter-policy export Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ protocol [ process-id ] ] undo filter-policy export [ protocol [ process-id ] ]...
  • Page 341 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View OSPF view Parameters acl-number: Number of an ACL used to filter incoming routes, in the range 2000 to 3999. ip-prefix-name: Name of an IP address prefix list used to filter incoming routes, a string of up to 19 characters.
  • Page 342 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the host-advertise command to advertise a host route. Use the undo host-advertise command to remove a host route. No host route is advertised by default.
  • Page 343 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands OSPF prioritize routes as follows: Intra-area route Inter-area route Type1 External route Type2 External route An intra-area route is a route in an OSPF area. An inter-area route is between any two OSPF areas.
  • Page 344 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View OSPF view Parameters None Description Use the log-peer-change command to enable the logging of OSPF neighbor state changes. Use the undo log-peer-change command to disable the logging.
  • Page 345 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands If an LSA that has the same LSA type, LS ID, originating router ID with the previous LSA is received within the interval, the LSA will be discarded. This feature helps protect routers and bandwidth from being over-consumed due to frequent network changes.
  • Page 346 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the maximum LSA generation interval as 2 seconds, minimum interval as 100 milliseconds and incremental interval as 100 milliseconds. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] lsa-generation-interval 2 100 100 3.1.33 lsdb-overflow-limit...
  • Page 347 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameters maximum: Maximum number of equal cost routes for load balancing, in the range 1 to 4. No load balancing is available when the number is set to 1.
  • Page 348 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Specify the maximum number of intra-area routes as 500. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] maximum-routes intra 500 3.1.36 network Syntax network ip-address wildcard-mask...
  • Page 349 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.37 nssa Syntax nssa [ default-route-advertise | no-import-route | no-summary ]* undo nssa View OSPF area view Parameters default-route-advertise: Usable on an NSSA ABR or an ASBR only. If it is configured on an NSSA ABR, the ABR generates a default route in a Type-7 LSA into the NSSA regardless of whether the default route is available.

  • Page 350: Ospf Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.38 ospf Syntax ospf [ process-id | router-id router-id ]* undo ospf [ process-id ] View System view Parameters process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range 1 to 65535.
  • Page 351 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameters md5: MD5 authentication. hmac-md5: HMAC-MD5 authentication. simple: Simple authentication. key-id: Authentication key ID, in the range 1 to 255. plain | cipher: Plain or cipher password. If plain is specified, only plain password is supported and displayed upon displaying the configuration file.

  • Page 352: Ospf Cost

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Sysname-ospf-100] quit [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 10 [Sysname-Vlan-interface10] ospf authentication-mode md5 15 cipher abc # Configure the network 131.119.0.0/16 in Area 1 to support simple authentication, and set for the interface the authentication password to abc, and password type to cipher.

  • Page 353: Ospf Dr-Priority

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Set the OSPF cost for the interface to 65. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 10 [Sysname-Vlan-interface10] ospf cost 65 3.1.41 ospf dr-priority Syntax...

  • Page 354: Ospf Mtu-Enable

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameters process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range 1 to 65535. Description Use the ospf mib-binding command to bind an OSPF process to MIB operation.

  • Page 355: Ospf Network-Type

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Sysname-Vlan-interface10] ospf mtu-enable 3.1.44 ospf network-type Syntax ospf network-type { broadcast | nbma | p2mp | p2p } undo ospf network-type View Interface view Parameters broadcast: Specifies the network type as Broadcast.

  • Page 356: Ospf Timer Dead

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Note: This command is not supported on the NULL interface. Examples # Configure the interface’s network type as NBMA. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 10 [Sysname-Vlan-interface10] ospf network-type nbma 3.1.45 ospf timer dead...

  • Page 357: Ospf Timer Hello

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.46 ospf timer hello Syntax ospf timer hello seconds undo ospf timer hello View Interface view Parameters seconds: Hello interval in seconds, in the range 1 to 65535.

  • Page 358: Ospf Timer Retransmit

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Parameters seconds: Poll interval in seconds, in the range 1 to 2147483647. Description Use the ospf timer poll command to set the poll interval on an NBMA interface.

  • Page 359: Ospf Trans-Delay

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands The retransmission interval should not be so small to avoid unnecessary retransmissions. This configuration is not supported on the NULL interface. Examples # Set the LSA retransmission interval to 8 seconds.
  • Page 360 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.50 peer Syntax peer ip-address [ dr-priority dr-priority ] undo peer ip-address View OSPF view Parameters ip-address: Neighbor IP address. dr-priority: Neighbor DR priority, in the range 0 to 255.

  • Page 361: Reset Ospf Counters

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands View OSPF view Parameters ase: Sets a priority for ASE routes. If the keyword is not specified, using the command sets a priority for OSPF internal routes.

  • Page 362: Reset Ospf Process

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands neighbor: Clears neighbor statistics. interface-type interface-number: Interface type and interface number. router-id: Neighbor Router ID. Description Use the reset ospf counters command to reset OSPF counters. If no OSPF process is specified, counters of all OSPF processes are reset.

  • Page 363: Reset Ospf Redistribution

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.54 reset ospf redistribution Syntax reset ospf [ process-id ] redistribution View User view Parameters process-id: OSPF process ID, in the range 1 to 65535.

  • Page 364: Snmp-Agent Trap Enable Ospf

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Make RFC1583 routing rules compatible. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospf 100 [Sysname-ospf-100] rfc1583 compatible 3.1.56 silent-interface Syntax silent-interface { all | interface-type interface-number }...
  • Page 365 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands | nbrstatechange | originatelsa | vifcfgerror | virifauthfail | virifrxbadpkt | virifstatechange | viriftxretransmit | virnbrstatechange ] * undo snmp-agent trap enable ospf [ process-id ] [ ifauthfail | ifcfgerror | ifrxbadpkt...
  • Page 366 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Examples # Enable the sending of SNMP traps for all OSPF processes. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] snmp-agent trap enable ospf 3.1.58 spf-schedule-interval Syntax spf-schedule-interval maximum-interval [ minimum-interval [ incremental-interval ] ]...
  • Page 367 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands 3.1.59 stub Syntax stub [ no-summary ] undo stub View OSPF area view Parameters no-summary: Usable only on a stub ABR. With it configured, the ABR advertises only a default route in a Summary LSA into the stub area (such a stub area is known as a totally stub area).
  • Page 368 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands Description Use the stub-router command to configure the router as a stub router. Use the undo stub-router command to restore the default. By default, no router is configured as a stub router.
  • Page 369 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands md5: MD5 authentication. hmac-md5: HMAC-MD5 authentication. simple: Simple authentication. key-id: Key ID for MD5 or HMAC-MD5 authentication, in the range 1 to 255. plain | cipher: Plain or cipher type. If plain is specified, only plain password is supported and displayed upon displaying the configuration file.
  • Page 370 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 OSPF Configuration Commands [Sysname-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.2] vlink-peer 1.1.1.1 3-63...

  • Page 371: Chapter 4 Is-Is Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Note: The “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or an Ethernet switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 372: Auto Cost Enable

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Note: Whether a password should use ip or osi is not affected by the actual network environment. Description Use the area-authentication-mode command to specify the area authentication mode and a password.
  • Page 373 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Use the undo auto-cost enable command to disable the function. This function is disabled by default. The preference of interface cost set by the auto-cost command is lower than that set by the circuit-cost command.
  • Page 374 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands cost = (reference value/bandwidth)×10, and the maximum calculated cost is 16777214. When the cost style is narrow, narrow-compatible, or compatible, if the interface is a loopback interface, the cost value is 0; otherwise, the cost value is automatically calculated as follows: if the interface bandwidth is in the range of 1 M to 10 M, the interface cost is 60;...
  • Page 375 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands If no keyword is specified, the specified cost applies to Level-1-2. The preference of interface cost from high to low is: the cost set by the isis cost command, the global cost set by the circuit-cost command, the cost automatically calculated (auto-cost) and the default cost.
  • Page 376 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Only packets of narrow cost style can be received and sent by default. Related commands: isis cost. Examples # Configure the router to send only packets of narrow cost style, but receive both narrow and wide cost style ones.

  • Page 377: Display Isis Brief

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Using the apply isis level-1 command in routing policy view will generate a default route in L1 LSP. Using the apply isis level-2 command in routing policy view will generate a default route in L2 LSP.

  • Page 378: Display Isis Interface

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands lsp-max-age: 1200 lsp-refresh: Interval between SPFs: Table 4-1 Description on the fields of the display isis brief command Field Description network-entity Network entity name is-level...
  • Page 379 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Examples # Display IS-IS enabled interface information. <Sysname> display isis interface Interface information for ISIS(1) --------------------------------- Interface: Vlan-interface1 IPV4.State IPV6.State Type Down 1497 L1/L2 No/No # Display detailed IS-IS enabled interface information.

  • Page 380: Display Isis License

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Field Description Designated IS SNPA Address Subnet access point address IP Address Primary IP address Secondary IP Address(es) Secondary IP addresses IPV6 Link Local Address...
  • Page 381 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Feature Name Active Controllable ISIS Protocol IPV6 RESTART Resource Name MinVal MaxVal CurrVal Controlla Max Processes Resource 1000 Max Paths Resource Max IPv4 Rt Resource...

  • Page 382: Display Isis Lsdb

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Field Description Multi-instance Resource Name Resource name MinVal Minimum value MaxVal Maximum value CurrVal Current value ISIS Core License Values License values of ISIS Core...

  • Page 383: Display Isis Mesh-Group

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the display isis lsdb command to display IS-IS link state database. Examples # Display Level-1 LSDB information. <Sysname> dis isis lsdb level-1 Database information for ISIS(1)

  • Page 384: Display Isis Name-Table

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the display isis mesh-group command to display IS-IS mesh-group. Examples # Configure VLAN-interface 10 and VLAN-interface 20 on a switch to belong to mesh-group 100.

  • Page 385: Display Isis Peer

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the display isis name-table command to display the host name-to-system ID mapping table. Examples # Configure a name for the local IS-IS system.
  • Page 386 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the display isis peer command to display IS-IS neighbor information. Besides all the information displayed using the display isis peer command, the display isis peer verbose command displays neighbor area address, hold time of Up state and direct interface’s IP address.

  • Page 387: Display Isis Route

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Field Description Peer IP Address(es) Interface IP address of the neighbor Time that elapsed since the neighbor relationship Uptime was formed. Adj Protocol Adjacency protocol 4.1.14 display isis route...

  • Page 388: Display Isis Spf-Log

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands IPV4 Destination IntCost ExtCost ExitInterface NextHop Flags -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192.168.0.0/24 NULL Vlan1 Direct D/L/- Flags: D-Direct, R-Added to RM, L-Advertised in LSPs, U-Up/Down Bit Set ISIS(1) IPv4 Level-2 Forwarding Table...
  • Page 389 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the display isis spf-log command to display IS-IS SPF log record. Examples # Display IS-IS SPF log record. <Sysname> display isis spf-log SPF Log information for ISIS(1)

  • Page 390: Display Isis Statistics

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.16 display isis statistics Syntax display isis statistics [ level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 ] View Any view Parameters level-1: IS-IS Level-1 statistic information. level-2: IS-IS Level-2 statistic information.
  • Page 391 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands RIPng: OSPFv3: 0 Lsp information: LSP Source ID: No. of used LSPs 0000.0000.0002 Table 4-10 Description on the fields of the display isis statistics command...
  • Page 392 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters simple: Specifies to send the password in plain text. md5: Specifies to send the password encrypted with MD5. password: Specifies a password. For simple authentication mode, the password must be plain text.
  • Page 393 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands View IS-IS view Parameters acl-number: Specifies the number of an ACL that is used to filter outgoing redistributed routes, ranging from 2000 to 3999. ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Specifies the name of an IP prefix list that is used to filter outgoing redistributed routes, a string of 1 to 19 characters.
  • Page 394 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.19 filter-policy import Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | route-policy route-policy-name } import undo filter-policy import View IS-IS view Parameters acl-number: Specifies the number of an ACL that is used to filter incoming routes, ranging from 2000 to 3999.
  • Page 395 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands View IS-IS view Parameters flood-count flooding-count: Specifies the maximum number of LSPs to be sent in the fast-flooding process, ranging from 1 to 15. The default is 5.
  • Page 396 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters isis [ process-id ]: Redistributes routes from a specified ISIS process. process-id is in the range of 1 to 65535. ospf [ process-id ]: Redistributes routes from a specified OSPF process. process-id is in the range of 1 to 65535.

  • Page 397: Import-Route Isis Level-2 Into Level

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Note: Using the import-route bgp command redistributes only EBGP routes. Using the import-route bgp allow-ibgp command redistributes also IBGP routes, but this may cause routing loops. Be cautious with this command.
  • Page 398 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands You can specify a routing policy in the import-route isis level-2 into level-1 command to filter routes from Level-2 to Level-1. Other routing policies specified for route reception and redistribution does not affect the route leaking.

  • Page 399: Isis Authentication-Mode

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.24 isis authentication-mode Syntax isis authentication-mode { simple | md5 } password [ level-1 | level-2 ] [ ip | osi ] undo isis authentication-mode [ level-1 | level-2 ]...

  • Page 400: Isis Circuit-Level

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Related commands: area-authentication-mode, domain authentication-mode. Note: The level-1 and level-2 keywords are available only on the VLAN interface of switches after IS-IS is enabled on the interface using the isis enable command.

  • Page 401: Isis Circuit-Type

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Examples # Suppose VLAN-interface 10 is connected to a non backbone router in the same area. Configure the link adjacency level of VLAN-interface 10 as Level-1 to prevent sending and receiving Level-2 Hello packets.

  • Page 402: Isis Cost

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.27 isis cost Syntax isis cost value [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo isis cost [ level-1 | level-2 ] View Interface view Parameters value: Specifies a cost for SPF calculation on a specified level. The default is 10. The range of cost value differs according to different cost types.

  • Page 403: Isis Dis-Priority

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameters symbolic-name: Specifies a name for the local LAN, a string of 1 to 64 characters. Description Use the isis dis-name command to configure a name for local LAN. If the local router is the DIS, the name will be advertised in a pseudonode LSP packet.

  • Page 404: Isis Enable

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands If neither level-1 nor level-2 is specified in this command, the DIS priority applies to both Level-1 and Level-2. Description Use the isis dis-priority command to specify a DIS selection priority on a specified level for an interface.

  • Page 405: Isis Mesh-Group

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands and then use the isis enable command to enable IS-IS on each interface that needs to run the IS-IS process. Related commands: isis, network-entity. Examples # Create IS-IS routing process 1, and enable the IS-IS routing process on VLAN-interface 10.

  • Page 406: Isis Silent

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Note: A mesh-group is only available for a point-to-point link interface. This command is not available in loopback interface view. Examples # Add IS-IS enabled VLAN-interface 10 to the mesh-group 3.

  • Page 407: Isis Timer Csnp

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands [Sysname-Vlan-interface10] isis silent 4.1.33 isis small-hello Syntax isis small-hello undo isis small-hello View Interface view Parameters None Description Use the isis small-hello command to configure the interface to send small Hello packets without padding field.

  • Page 408: Isis Timer Hello

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters seconds: Specifies the interval in seconds for sending CSNP packets over broadcast network, ranging from 1 to 600. level-1: Applies the interval to Level-1.

  • Page 409: Isis Timer Holding-Multiplier

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters seconds: Specifies the interval in seconds for sending Hello packets, ranging from 3 to 255. level-1: Specifies the interval for sending Level-1 Hello packets.
  • Page 410 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters value: Number of hello intervals, in the range of 3 to 1000. level-1: Applies the number to the Level-1 IS-IS neighbor. level-2: Applies the number to the Level-2 IS-IS neighbor.

  • Page 411: Isis Timer Lsp

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.37 isis timer lsp Syntax isis timer lsp time [ count count ] undo isis timer lsp View Interface view Parameters time: Specifies the minimum interval in milliseconds for sending link-state packets, ranging from 1 to 1000.
  • Page 412 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameters seconds: Specifies the interval in seconds for retransmitting LSP packets, ranging from 1 to 300. Description Use the isis timer retransmit command to configure the interval for retransmitting LSP packets over point-to-point link.
  • Page 413 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands level-1-2: Configures the router to work on Level-1-2, which means it calculates routes and maintains the LSDBs for both L1 and L2. level-2: Configures the router to work on Level-2, which means it calculates routes and maintains the LSDB for L2 only.

  • Page 414: Is-Name Map

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Examples # Configure a name for the local IS. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] isis [Sysname-isis-1] is-name RUTA 4.1.41 is-name map is-name map sys-id map-sys-name undo is-name map sys-id...
  • Page 415 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the is-snmp-traps enable command to enable the SNMP Trap function of IS-IS. Use the undo is-snmp-traps command to disable this function.
  • Page 416 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.44 lsp-fragments-extend Syntax lsp-fragments-extend [ [ level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 ] | [ mode-1 | mode-2 ] ] * undo lsp-fragments-extend View IS-IS view...

  • Page 417: Lsp-Length Originate

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands [Sysname] isis [Sysname-isis-1] lsp-fragments-extend mode-1 level-2 4.1.45 lsp-length originate Syntax lsp-length originate size [ level-1 | level-2 ] undo lsp-length originate [ level-1 | level-2 ]...
  • Page 418 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands undo lsp-length receive View IS-IS view Parameters size: Maximum size of received LSPs, in the range of 512 to 16384 bytes. Description Use the lsp-length receive command to configure the maximum size of received LSPs.
  • Page 419 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] isis 100 [Sysname-isis-100] maximum load-balancing 2 # Restore the default. [Sysname-isis-100] undo maximum load-balancing 4.1.48 network-entity Syntax network-entity net undo network-entity net...

  • Page 420: Reset Isis All

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands [Sysname-isis-1] network-entity 10.0001.1010.1020.1030.00 4.1.49 preference Syntax preference { route-policy route-policy-name | preference } * undo preference View IS-IS view Parameters preference: Specifies the preference for IS-IS protocol, ranging from 1 to 255.

  • Page 421: Reset Isis Peer

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters process-id: Clears the data structure information of an IS-IS process numbered from 1 to 65535. Description Use the reset isis all command to clear all ISIS data structure information.
  • Page 422 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.52 set-overload Syntax set-overload [ on-startup start-from-nbr system-id [ timeout [ nbr-timeout ] ] ] [ allow { interlevel | external } * ] undo set-overload...
  • Page 423 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands [Sysname] isis [Sysname-isis-1] set-overload 4.1.53 spf-slice-size Syntax spf-slice-size duration-time undo spf-slice-size View IS-IS view Parameters duration-time: Specifies the duration in milliseconds of each sliced SPF calculation, ranging from 10 to 50000.

  • Page 424: Timer Isp-Generation

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands View IS-IS view Parameters ip-address: Destination IP address of a summary route. mask: Mask of the destination IP address, in dotted decimal format. mask-length: Mask length, in the range of 0 to 32.
  • Page 425 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands undo timer lsp-generation [ level-1 | level-2 ] View IS-IS view Parameters maximum-interval: Maximum interval in seconds for generating ISIS LSPs, in the range 1 to 120.

  • Page 426: Timer Lsp-Max-Age

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Examples # Set the maximum LSP generation interval to 10 seconds, initial interval to 100 milliseconds and the incremental interval to 200 milliseconds. <Sysname> system-view...

  • Page 427: Timer Spf

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands 4.1.57 timer lsp-refresh Syntax timer lsp-refresh seconds undo timer lsp-refresh View IS-IS view Parameters seconds: Specifies the LSP refresh interval in seconds, ranging from 1 to 65534.
  • Page 428 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters maximum-interval: Specifies the maximum interval (in seconds) for SPF calculations, ranging from 1 to 120. minimum-interval: Specifies the minimum interval (in milliseconds) for SPF calculations, ranging from 10 to 60000.
  • Page 429 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters virtual-system-id: Virtual system ID of the IS-IS process. Description Use the virtual-system command to configure a virtual system ID for the IS-IS process. No extended LSPs are generated without the virtual system ID.

  • Page 430: Chapter 5 Bgp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a generic router or an Ethernet switch running routing protocols. 5.1 BGP Configuration Commands Note: For routing policy configuration commands, refer to Routing Policy Commands .
  • Page 431 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands suppress-policy route-policy-name: Suppresses specific routes defined in the routing policy, the name of which is a string of 1 to 19 characters. origin-policy route-policy-name: References the routing policy to specify routes for summarization.
  • Page 432 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.2 balance Syntax balance number undo balance View BGP view Parameters number: Number of BGP routes for load balancing. Its range varies with devices. When it is set to 1, load balancing is disabled.
  • Page 433 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the bestroute as-path-neglect command to configure the BGP router to not evaluate the AS_PATH during best route selection. Use the undo bestroute as-path-neglect command to configure the BGP router to take the AS_PATH as a factor during best route selection.
  • Page 434 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # In BGP view, enable the comparison of MEDs for paths from each AS when selecting the best route. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] bestroute compare-med 5.1.5 bestroute med-confederation...
  • Page 435 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View System view Parameters as-number: Specifies the local AS number from 1 to 65535. Description Use the bgp command to enable BGP and enter the BGP view.

  • Page 436: Confederation Id

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # In BGP view, enable to compare the MED for paths from peers in different ASs. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] compare-different-as-med 5.1.8 confederation id...

  • Page 437: Confederation Nonstandard

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands [Sysname-bgp] peer 10.1.1.1 group Confed38 [Sysname-bgp] group Remote98 external [Sysname-bgp] peer Remote98 as-number 98 [Sysname-bgp] peer 200.1.1.1 group Remote98 5.1.9 confederation nonstandard Syntax confederation nonstandard...
  • Page 438 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameters as-number-list: Sub-AS number list. Up to 32 sub-ASs can be configured in one command line. The expression is as-number-list = as-number &<1-32>, in which as-number specifies a sub-AS number, and &<1-32>...

  • Page 439: Default Ipv4-Unicast

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands half-life-unreachable: Specifies a half-life for suppressed routes from 1 to 45 minutes. By default, the value is 15 minutes. reuse: Specifies a reuse threshold value for suppressed routes from 1 to 20000. A suppressed route whose penalty value decreases under the value is reused.
  • Page 440 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the default ipv4-unicast command to enable the use of IPv4 unicast address family for all peers. Use the undo default ipv4-unicast command to disable the use of IPv4 unicast address family for all peers.

  • Page 441: Default Med

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.14 default med Syntax default med med-value undo default med View BGP view Parameters med-value: Default MED value, in the range 0 to 4294967295. Description Use the default med command to specify a default MED value.

  • Page 442: Display Bgp Group

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the default-route imported command to allow default route redistribution into the BGP routing table. Use the undo default-route imported command to disallow the redistribution.
  • Page 443 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Maximum allowed prefix number: 4294967295 Threshold: 75% Configured hold timer value: 180 Keepalive timer value: 60 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Peer Preferred Value: 0...

  • Page 444: Display Bgp Network

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description The lasting time of a session/the lasting time of Up/Down present state (when no session is established) State State machine of peer 5.1.17 display bgp network...

  • Page 445: Display Bgp Paths

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Route-policy Routing policy Short-cut Short-cut route 5.1.18 display bgp paths Syntax display bgp paths [as-regular-expression] View Any view Parameters as-regular-expression: AS path regular expression.

  • Page 446: Display Bgp Peer

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Origin attribute of the route: Indicates the route is interior to the AS. Summary routes and routes defined using the network command are considered IGP routes.
  • Page 447 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec Negotiated: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Peer optional capabilities: Peer support bgp multi-protocol extended Peer support bgp route refresh capability...

  • Page 448: Display Bgp Routing-Table

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Routes are advertised and received in the form Address family IPv4 Unicast of IPv4 unicast Received Total numbers of received packets and updates...
  • Page 449 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands BGP Local router ID is 10.10.10.1 Status codes: * - valid, > - best, d - damped, h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale...

  • Page 450: Display Bgp Routing-Table As-Path-Acl

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description Origin attribute of the route, one of the following values: Indicates that the route is interior to the AS. Summary routes and the routes configured using the network command are considered IGP routes.

  • Page 451: Display Bgp Routing-Table Cidr

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.22 display bgp routing-table cidr Syntax display bgp routing-table cidr View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display bgp routing-table cidr command to display BGP CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) routing information.

  • Page 452: Display Bgp Routing-Table Community-List

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands no-export: Displays routes that are not advertised outside the AS. With a confederation configured, it displays routes that are not advertised outside the confederation, but can be advertised to other sub ASs in the confederation.

  • Page 453: Display Bgp Routing-Table Dampened

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp routing-table community-list command to display BGP routing information matching the specified BGP community list. Examples # Display BGP routing information matching BGP community list 100.

  • Page 454: Display Bgp Routing-Table Dampening Parameter

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Table 5-7 Description on the fields of the display bgp routing-table dampened command Field Description From IP address from which the route was received Reuse...

  • Page 455: Display Bgp Routing-Table Different-Origin-As

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Field Description HalfLife Time Half-life time of active routes Suppress-Limit Limit for a route to be suppressed 5.1.27 display bgp routing-table different-origin-as Syntax display bgp routing-table different-origin-as...
  • Page 456 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters as-regular-expression: Displays route flap information that matches the AS path regular expression. as-path-acl-number: Displays route flap information matching the AS path ACL. The number is in the range 1 to 256.

  • Page 457: Display Bgp Routing-Table Peer

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.29 display bgp routing-table peer Syntax display bgp routing-table peer ip-address { advertised-routes | received-routes } [ network-address [ mask | mask-length ] | statistic ]...

  • Page 458: Display Bgp Routing-Table Regular-Expression

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.30 display bgp routing-table regular-expression Syntax display bgp routing-table regular-expression as-regular-expression View Any view Parameters as-regular-expression: AS regular expression. Description Use the display bgp routing-table regular-expression command to display BGP routing information matching the specified AS regular expression.
  • Page 459 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp routing-table statistic command to display BGP routing statistics. Examples # Display BGP routing statistics. <Sysname> display bgp routing-table statistic Total Number of Routes: 4...
  • Page 460 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.33 filter-policy export Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ direct | isis process-id | ospf process-id | rip process-id | static ]...
  • Page 461 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.34 filter-policy import Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } import undo filter-policy import View BGP view Parameters acl-number: Number of an ACL used to filter incoming routing information, ranging from 2000 to 3999.
  • Page 462 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands internal: Creates an IBGP peer group. Description Use the group command to create a peer group. Use the undo group command to delete a peer group.
  • Page 463 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the import-route command to configure BGP to redistribute routes from a specified routing protocol and advertise redistributed routes. Use the undo import-route command to disable route redistribution from a routing protocol.
  • Page 464 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.38 network Syntax network ip-address [ mask | mask-length ] [ short-cut | route-policy route-policy-name ] undo network ip-address [ mask | mask-length ] [ short-cut ]...
  • Page 465 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.39 peer advertise-community Syntax peer { group-name | ip-address } advertise-community undo peer { group-name | ip-address } advertise-community View BGP view Parameters group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters.
  • Page 466 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer advertise-ext-community command to advertise the extended community attribute to a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer advertise-ext-community command to disable the advertisement.
  • Page 467 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # In BGP view, configure the repeating times of the local AS number as 2 for routes from peer 1.1.1.1. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 allow-as-loop 2...

  • Page 468: Peer Capability-Advertise Conventional

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands undo peer { group-name | ip-address } as-path-acl as-path-acl-number { export | import } View BGP view Parameters group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters.
  • Page 469 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer capability-advertise conventional command to disable BGP multi-protocol extension and route refresh for a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer capability-advertise conventional command to enable BGP multi-protocol extension and route refresh for a peer/peer group.
  • Page 470 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.46 peer connect-interface Syntax peer { group-name | ip-address } connect-interface interface-type interface-number undo peer { group-name | ip-address } connect-interface View BGP view Parameters group-name: Name of a peer group, a string 1 to 47 characters.

  • Page 471: Peer Description

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameters group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of a peer. route-policy-name: Routing policy name, a string of 1 to 19 characters.
  • Page 472 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer description command to configure the description information for a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer description command to remove the description information of a peer/peer group.

  • Page 473: Peer Enable

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # In BGP view, allow establishing the EBGP connection with the peer group test that is on an indirectly connected network. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer test ebgp-max-hop 5.1.50 peer enable...
  • Page 474 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. ip-address: IP address of a peer. as-number: Local autonomous system number, in the range 1 to 65535.

  • Page 475: Peer Group

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer filter-policy command to configure an ACL-based filter policy for a peer or peer group. Use the undo peer filter-policy command to remove the configuration.
  • Page 476 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.54 peer ignore Syntax peer { group-name | ip-address } ignore undo peer { group-name | ip-address } ignore View BGP view Parameters group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters.
  • Page 477 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands ip-prefix-name: IP prefix list name, a string of 1 to 19 characters. export: Applies the filter to routes advertised to the specified peer/peer group. import: Applies the filter to routes received from the specified peer/peer group.
  • Page 478 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands [Sysname-bgp] peer 131.100.1.1 as-number 200 [Sysname-bgp] peer 131.100.1.1 keep-all-routes 5.1.57 peer log-change Syntax peer { group-name | ip-address } log-change undo peer { group-name | ip-address } log-change...

  • Page 479: Peer Password

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands ip-address: IP address of a peer. Description Use the peer next-hop-local command to specify the router as the next hop for routes to a peer/peer group.
  • Page 480 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Once MD5 authentication is enabled, both parties must be configured with the same authentication mode and password. Otherwise, the TCP connection will not be set up.
  • Page 481 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands If you both reference a routing policy and use the peer { group-name | ip-address } preferred-value value command to set a preferred value for routes from a peer, the routing policy sets a specified non-zero preferred value for routes matching it.
  • Page 482 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands [Sysname-bgp] peer test public-as-only 5.1.62 peer reflect-client Syntax peer { group-name | ip-address } reflect-client undo peer { group-name | ip-address } reflect-client View BGP view Parameters group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters.
  • Page 483 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands ip-address: IP address of a peer. limit: Upper limit of IP prefixes that can be received from the peer or peer group, in the range 1 to 131072.
  • Page 484 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer route-policy command to apply a routing policy to routes incoming from or outgoing to a peer or peer group. Use the undo peer route-policy command to remove the configuration.

  • Page 485: Peer Timer

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer test as-number 100 [Sysname-bgp] peer test route-update-interval 10 5.1.66 peer substitute-as Syntax peer { group-name | ip-address } substitute-as undo peer { group-name | ip-address } substitute-as...
  • Page 486 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands ip-address: IP address of a peer. keepalive: Keepalive interval in seconds, ranging from 1 to 21845. holdtime: Holdtime interval in seconds, ranging from 3 to 65535.
  • Page 487 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the preference command to configure preferences for external, internal, and local routes. Use the undo preference command to restore the default. For external-preference, internal-preference and local-preference, the bigger the preference value is, the lower the preference is, and the default values are 255, 255, 130 respectively.

  • Page 488: Refresh Bgp

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands [Sysname-bgp] undo reflect between-clients 5.1.70 reflector cluster-id Syntax reflector cluster-id cluster-id undo reflector cluster-id View BGP view Parameters cluster-id: Cluster ID of the route reflector, an integer from 1 to 4294967295 (the integer is translated into an IP address by the system) or an IP address.

  • Page 489: Reset Bgp

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters all: Soft-resets all BGP connections. ip-address: Soft-resets the BGP connection to a peer. group-name: Soft-resets connections to a peer group, name of which is a sting of 1 to 47 characters.

  • Page 490: Reset Bgp Dampening

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands external: Resets all the EBGP connections. internal: Resets all the IBGP connections. Description Use the reset bgp command to reset specified BGP connections. Examples # Reset all the BGP connections.

  • Page 491: Reset Bgp Ipv4 All

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters as-path-regexp: Clears the flap statistics of routes matching the AS path regular expression. as-path-acl-number: Clears the flap statistics of routes matching an AS path ACL, number of which is in the range 1 to 256.

  • Page 492: Summary Automatic

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.76 router-id Syntax router-id router-id undo router-id View BGP view Parameters router-id: Router ID in IP address format. Description Use the router-id command to specify a router ID.
  • Page 493 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the summary automatic command to enable automatic summarization for redistributed subnets. Use the undo summary automatic command to disable automatic summarization.
  • Page 494 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands With this feature enabled and when a non-BGP router is responsible for forwarding packets in an AS, BGP speakers in the AS cannot advertise routing information to other ASs unless all routers in the AS know the latest routing information.
  • Page 495 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Configure keepalive interval and holdtime interval as 40s and 120s. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] timer keepalive 60 hold 180 5-66...
  • Page 496 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a generic router or a Layer 3 switch running routing protocols.

  • Page 497: Apply Comm-List Delete

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Examples # Create routing policy policy1 with node 10, matching mode as permit. If BGP routing information matches AS-path-ACL 1, add AS number 200 before the original AS_PATH attribute.

  • Page 498: Apply Community

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.3 apply community Syntax apply community { none | additive | { community-number&<1-16> | aa:nn&<1-16> | internet | no-export-subconfed | no-export | no-advertise } * [ additive ] }...

  • Page 499: Apply Cost

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands [Sysname] route-policy setcommunity permit node 16 [Sysname-route-policy] if-match as-path 8 [Sysname-route-policy] apply community no-export 6.1.4 apply cost Syntax apply cost [ + | - ] value...

  • Page 500: Apply Extcommunity

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands View Routing policy view Parameters external: IS-IS external route. internal: IS-IS internal route. type-1: Type-1 external route of OSPF. type-2: Type-2 external route of OSPF.

  • Page 501: Apply Isis

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Description Use the apply extcommunity command to apply the specified extended community attribute to BGP routes. Use the undo apply extcommunity command to remove the clause configuration.

  • Page 502: Apply Origin

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands [Sysname-route-policy] if-match tag 8 [Sysname-route-policy] apply isis level-2 6.1.8 apply local-preference Syntax apply local-preference preference undo apply local-preference View Routing policy view Parameters preference: BGP local preference, in the range 0 to 4294967295.

  • Page 503: Apply Preference

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands egp: Sets the origin of BGP routing information to EGP. as-number: Autonomous system number for EGP routes, in the range of 1 to 65535.

  • Page 504: Apply Tag

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Examples # Create routing policy policy1 with node 10, matching mode as permit. If a route matches OSPF external route type, set the preference for the routing protocol to 90.

  • Page 505: Display Ip As-Path

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands View Routing policy view Parameters value: Tag value, in the range 0 to 4294967295. Description Use the apply tag command to set a specified tag value for RIP, OSPF or IS-IS routing information.

  • Page 506: Display Ip Community-List

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Examples # Display the information of BGP AS path list 1. <Sysname> display ip as-path 1 ListID Mode Expression permit Table 6-1 Description on the fields of the display ip as-path command...

  • Page 507: Display Ip Extcommunity-List

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.15 display ip extcommunity-list Syntax display ip extcommunity-list [ ext-comm-list-number ] View Any view Parameters ext-comm-list-number: Extended community list number, in the range of 1 to 199.

  • Page 508: If-Match As-Path

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Examples # Display the information of routing policy 1. <Sysname> display route-policy policy1 Route-policy : policy1 permit : 10 if-match ip-prefix abc apply cost 120 Table 6-2 Description on the fields of the display route-policy command.

  • Page 509: If-Match Community

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Examples # Define as-path list 2, allowing routing information containing AS 200 or 300 to pass. Define routing policy test with node 10, and set an if-match clause using the as-path list for matching.

  • Page 510: If-Match Cost

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Examples # Define community-list 1, allowing routing information with community number 100 or 200 to pass. Then define a routing policy named test, whose node 10 is defined with an if-match clause to reference the community-list for matching.

  • Page 511: If-Match Extcommunity

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.20 if-match extcommunity Syntax if-match extcommunity ext-comm-list-number&<1-16> undo if-match extcommunity [ ext-comm-list-number&<1-16> ] View Routing policy view Parameters ext-comm-list-number: Extended community list number, in the range of 1 to 199.

  • Page 512: If-Match Route-Type

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Description Use the if-match interface command to specify interface(s) for matching against the outbound interfaces of routing information. Use the undo if-match interface command to remove the match criterion.

  • Page 513: If-Match Tag

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands nssa-external-type1or2: OSPF NSSA Type 1 or 2 external routes. Description Use the if-match route-type command to configure a route type match criterion. Use the undo if-match route-type command to remove the match criterion.

  • Page 514: Ip As-Path

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.1.24 ip as-path Syntax ip as-path as-path-number { deny | permit } regular-expression undo ip as-path as-path-number View System view Parameters as-path-number: AS path ACL number, in the range of 1 to 256.

  • Page 515: Ip Community-List

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Examples # Create an AS path ACL numbered 1, permitting routing information whose AS_PATH starts with 10. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip as-path-acl 1 permit ^10 6.1.25 ip community-list...

  • Page 516: Ip Extcommunity-List

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Description Use the ip community-list to define a community list entry. Use the undo ip community-list command to remove a community list or entry.
  • Page 517 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands No extended community list is defined by default. Examples # Define extended community list 1 to permit routing information with RT 200:200. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip extcommunity-list 1 permit rt 200:200 6.1.27 route-policy...

  • Page 518: Ipv4 Routing Policy Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Related commands: if-match interface, if-match acl, if-match ip-prefix, if-match ip next-hop, if-match cost, if-match tag, apply ip-address next-hop, apply local-preference, apply cost, apply origin, apply tag.

  • Page 519: Display Ip Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands [Sysname] route-policy policy1 permit node 10 [Sysname-route-policy] if-match as-path 1 [Sysname-route-policy] apply ip-address next-hop 193.1.1.8 6.2.2 display ip ip-prefix Syntax display ip ip-prefix [ ip-prefix-name ]...

  • Page 520: If-Match Acl

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.2.3 if-match acl Syntax if-match acl acl-number undo if-match acl View Routing policy view Parameters acl-number: ACL number from 2000 to 3999. Description Use the if-match acl command to configure an ACL match criterion.

  • Page 521: If-Match Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: Matches an IP prefix list with a name being a string of 1 to 19 characters. Description Use the if-match ip command to configure a next hop or source address match criterion for IPv4 routes.

  • Page 522: Ip Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Examples # Create routing policy policy1 with node 10, matching mode as permit. Define an if-match clause to permit a route whose destination address matches IP prefix list p1.

  • Page 523: Reset Ip Ip-Prefix

    Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Description Use the ip ip-prefix command to configure an IPv4 prefix list item. Use the undo ip ip-prefix command to remove an IPv4 prefix list or an item.
  • Page 524 Command Manual – IPv4 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Examples # Clear the statistics of IPv4 prefix list abc. <Sysname> reset ip ip-prefix abc 6-29...
  • Page 525 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IPv6 Static Routing Configuration Commands............1-1 1.1 IPv6 Static Routing Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1.1 delete ipv6 static-routes all..................1-1 1.1.2 ipv6 route-static ....................... 1-2 Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration Commands...............
  • Page 526 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 3.1.10 display ospfv3 peer ..................... 3-12 3.1.11 display ospfv3 peer statistic ................3-14 3.1.12 display ospfv3 request-list................... 3-15 3.1.13 display ospfv3 retrans-list..................3-17 3.1.14 display ospfv3 routing ..................3-19 3.1.15 display ospfv3 statistic ..................
  • Page 527 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands ................. 5-1 5.1 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands ................. 5-1 5.1.1 balance........................5-1 5.1.2 bestroute as-path-neglect ..................5-2 5.1.3 bestroute compare-med ..................5-2 5.1.4 bestroute med-confederation ..................
  • Page 528 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 5.1.41 peer fake-as ......................5-36 5.1.42 peer filter-policy....................5-36 5.1.43 peer group ......................5-37 5.1.44 peer ignore ......................5-38 5.1.45 peer ipv6-prefix....................5-39 5.1.46 peer keep-all-routes .................... 5-39 5.1.47 peer log-change ....................

  • Page 529: Ipv6 Static Routing Configuration Commands

    Note: Throughout this chapter, the term “router” refers to a Layer 3 switch running routing protocols At present, the LSQ1GP12EA boards in the S7500E series do not support IPv6. 1.1 IPv6 Static Routing Configuration Commands 1.1.1 delete ipv6 static-routes all...

  • Page 530: Ipv6 Route-Static

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 1 IPv6 Static Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Are you sure?[Y/N]Y 1.1.2 ipv6 route-static Syntax ipv6 route-static ipv6-address prefix-length [ interface-type interface-number ] nexthop-address [ preference preference-value ] undo ipv6 route-static ipv6-address prefix-length [ interface-type interface-number ]...

  • Page 531: Chapter 2 Ipv6 Ripng Configuration Commands

    Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration Commands Note: Throughout this chapter, the term “router” refers to a Layer 3 switch running routing protocols. At present, the LSQ1GP12EA boards in the S7500E series do not support IPv6. 2.1 RIPng Configuration Commands 2.1.1 checkzero Syntax...

  • Page 532: Display Ripng

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands 2.1.2 default cost Syntax default cost cost undo default cost View RIPng view Parameters cost: Default metric of redistributed routes, in the range of 0 to 16.
  • Page 533 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Description Use the display ripng command to display the running status and configuration information of a RIPng process. If process-id is not specified, information of all RIPng processes will be displayed.

  • Page 534: Display Ripng Database

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands 2.1.4 display ripng database Syntax display ripng process-id database View Any view Parameters process-id: RIPng process ID, in the range of 1 to 65535.

  • Page 535: Display Ripng Interface

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Table 2-2 Description on fields of the display ripng database command Field Description 2001:7B::2:2A1:5DE/64 IPv6 destination address/prefix length Next hop IPv6 address cost Route metric value...

  • Page 536: Display Ripng Route

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Table 2-3 Description on the fields of the display ripng interface command Field Description Interface-name Name of an interface running RIPng. Link Local Address...
  • Page 537 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Peer FE80::20F:E2FF:FE00:220A on Vlan-interface100 Dest 4:3::/64, via FE80::20F:E2FF:FE00:220A, cost 1, tag 0, A, 34 Sec Table 2-4 Description on the fields of the display ripng route command...
  • Page 538 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Description Use the filter-policy export command to define an outbound route filtering policy. Only routes passing the filter can be advertised in the update messages.
  • Page 539 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands [Sysname-ripng-100] filter-policy ipv6-prefix Filter1 import 2.1.9 import-route Syntax import-route protocol [ process-id ] [ allow-ibgp ] [ cost cost | route-policy route-policy-name ] *...
  • Page 540 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands [Sysname-ripng-100] import-route isisv6 7 cost 7 2.1.10 maximum load-balancing Syntax maximum load-balancing number undo maximum load-balancing View RIPng view Parameters number: Maximum number of equal-cost load-balanced routes. Its value is in the range 1 to 4.
  • Page 541 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands View RIPng view Parameters route-policy-name: Name of a routing policy, in the range of 1 to 19 characters. preference: RIPng route priority, in the range of 1 to 255.

  • Page 542: Ripng Default-Route

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Description Use the ripng command to create a RIPng process and enter RIPng view. Use the undo ripng command to disable a RIPng process.

  • Page 543: Ripng Enable

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Advertise only the default route via VLAN-interface 100. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [Sysname-Vlan-interface100] ripng default-route only # Advertise the default route together with other routes via VLAN-interface 101.

  • Page 544: Ripng Metricout

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands View Interface view Parameters value: Additional metric for received routes, in the range of 0 to 16. Description Use the ripng metricin command to specify an additional metric for received RIPng routes.

  • Page 545: Ripng Poison-Reverse

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Set the additional metric to 12 for routes advertised by VLAN-interface 100. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [Sysname-Vlan-interface100] ripng metricout 12 2.1.17 ripng poison-reverse...

  • Page 546: Ripng Summary-Address

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Parameters None Description Use the rip split-horizon command to enable the split horizon function. Use the undo rip split-horizon command to disable the split horizon function.
  • Page 547 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Description Use the ripng summary-address command to configure a summary advertised through the interface. Use the undo ripng summary-address command to remove the summary.
  • Page 548 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing Chapter 2 IPv6 RIPng Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands The update timer defines the interval between update messages. The timeout timer defines the route aging time. If no update message related to a route is received within the aging time, the metric of the route is set to 16 in the routing table.

  • Page 549: Chapter 3 Ipv6 Ospfv3 Configuration Commands

    H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Note: At present, the LSQ1GP12EA boards in the S7500E series do not support IPv6. 3.1 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands 3.1.1 abr-summary Syntax abr-summary ipv6-address prefix-length [ not-advertise ]...
  • Page 550 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Examples # Summarize networks 2000:1:1:1::/64 and 2000:1:1:2::/64 in Area 1 with 2000:1:1::/48. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospfv3 1 [Sysname-ospfv3-1] area 1 [Sysname-ospfv3-1-area-0.0.0.1] abr-summary 2000:1:1:: 48 3.1.2 area...
  • Page 551 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands undo default cost View OSPFv3 view Parameters value: Specifies a default cost for redistributed routes, in the range of 1 to 16777214. Description Use the default cost command to configure a default cost for redistributed routes.

  • Page 552: Display Ospfv

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Use of this command is only available on the ABR that is connected to a stub area. You have two commands to configure a stub area: stub, defaulted-cost. You need to use the stub command on routers connected to a stub area to configure the area as stub.
  • Page 553 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Number of LSA originated 0 Number of LSA received 0 Number of areas in this router is 2 Area BACKBONE(0) Number of interfaces in this area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 1 times Number of LSA 0.

  • Page 554: Display Ospfv3 Interface

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Field Description Number of interfaces attached to this Number of interfaces in this area area SPF algorithm executed 1 times SPF algorithm is executed 1 time...

  • Page 555: Display Ospfv3 Lsdb

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Hello due in 00:00:08 Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Table 3-2 Description on the fields of the display ospfv3 interface command...
  • Page 556 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Parameters process-id: Specifies ID of an OSPFv3 process, ranging from 1 to 65535. external: Specifies to display information about AS-external LSAs. inter-prefix: Specifies to display information about Inter-area-prefix LSAs.
  • Page 557 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Table 3-3 Description on the fields of the display ospfv3 lsdb command Field Description Link-LSA Type 8 LSA Link State ID Link State ID...

  • Page 558: Display Ospfv3 Lsdb Statistic

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands LS Type : Link-LSA Link State ID : 0.178.1.143 Originating Router: 4.4.4.4 LS Seq Number : 0x80000003 Checksum : 0x4A6A Length : 56 Priority...

  • Page 559: Display Ospfv3 Next-Hop

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospfv3 lsdb statistic command to display LSA statistics in the OSPFv3 LSDB. Examples # Display OSPFv3 LSDB statistics. <System> display ospfv3 lsdb statistic OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.1) (Process 1)

  • Page 560: Display Ospfv3 Peer

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospfv3 next-hop command to display OSPFv3 next hop information. If no process is specified, next hop information of all OSPFv3 processes is displayed.
  • Page 561 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospfv3 peer command to display OSPFv3 neighbor information. If no area-id is specified, the neighbor information of all areas is displayed.

  • Page 562: Display Ospfv3 Peer Statistic

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Table 3-8 Description on the fields of the display ospfv3 peer verbose command Field Description Neighbor Neighbor ID interface address Interface address In the area 0.0.0.2 via interface...

  • Page 563: Display Ospfv3 Request-List

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Total Table 3-9 Description on the fields of the display ospfv3 peer statistic command Field Description Area ID Area ID In this state, neighbor initial state, the router has not received any Down information from a neighboring router for a period of time.
  • Page 564 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands intra-prefix: Displays the Intra-area-prefix LSA information of the OSPFv3 link state request list. link: Displays the Link LSA information of the OSPFv3 link state request list.

  • Page 565: Display Ospfv3 Retrans-List

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Field Description Age of LSA CkSum Checksum # Display the statistics of OSPFv3 link state request list. <Sysname> display ospfv3 request-list statistics OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.1) (Process 1)
  • Page 566 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands intra-prefix: Displays the Intra-area-prefix LSA information of the OSPFv3 link state retransmission list. link: Displays the Link LSA information of the OSPFv3 link state retransmission list.

  • Page 567: Display Ospfv3 Routing

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Field Description SeqNum LSA sequence Number Age of LSA CkSum Checksum # Display the statistics of OSPFv3 link state retransmission list. <Sysname> display ospfv3 retrans-list statistics OSPFv3 Router with ID (3.3.3.3) (Process 1)
  • Page 568 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Description Use the display ospfv3 routing command to display OSPFv3 routing table information. If no process is specified, routing table information of all OSPFv3 processes is displayed.

  • Page 569: Display Ospfv3 Statistic

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Table 3-15 Description on the fields of the display ospfv3 routing statistics command Field Description Intra-area-routes Number of Intra-area-routes Inter-area-routes Number of inter-area routes...

  • Page 570: Display Ospfv3 Topology

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Field Description Type Type of packet Input Number of packets received by the interface Output Number of packets sent by the interface Hello Hello packet...

  • Page 571: Display Ospfv3 Vlink

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Table 3-17 Description on the fields of the display ospfv3 topology command Field Description Type Type of node ID(If-Index) Router ID Bits Flag bit...
  • Page 572 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Table 3-18 Description on the fields of the display ospfv3 vlink command Field Description Virtual Link VLINK1 to router 1.1.1.1 is The virtual link VLINK1 to router 1.1.1.1 is up Transit area 0.0.0.1 via interface...
  • Page 573 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands bgp4+: Specifies to filter BGP4+ routes. direct: Specifies to filter direct routes. static: Specifies to filter static routes. Description Use the filter-policy export command to filter redistributed routes.
  • Page 574 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name: Specifies the name of an IPv6 prefix list, a string of up to 19 characters. Description Use the filter-policy import command to filter received routes.
  • Page 575 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands bgp4+: Redistributes BGP4+ routes. allow-ibgp: Allows redistributing IBGP routes. direct: Redistributes direct routes. static: Redistributes static routes. cost value: Cost for redistributed routes, ranging from 1 to 16777214. The default is 1.
  • Page 576 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands undo log-peer-change View OSPFv3 view Parameters None Description Use the log-peer-change command to enable the logging on neighbor state changes. Use the undo maximum load-balancing command to disable the logging.
  • Page 577 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the maximum number of equal-cost routes for load-balancing as 2. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospfv3 1 [Sysname-ospfv3-1] maximum load-balancing 2 3.1.23 ospfv3...

  • Page 578: Ospfv3 Area

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands 3.1.24 ospfv3 area Syntax ospfv3 process-id area area-id [ instance instance-id ] undo ospfv3 process-id area area-id [ instance instance-id ] View Interface view Parameters process-id: OSPFv3 process ID, in the range 1 to 65535.

  • Page 579: Ospfv3 Dr-Priority

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Description Use the ospfv3 cost command to configure the OSPFv3 cost of the interface in an instance. Use the undo ospfv3 cost command to restore the default OSPFv3 cost of the interface in an instance.

  • Page 580: Ospfv3 Mtu-Ignore

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands 3.1.27 ospfv3 mtu-ignore Syntax ospfv3 mtu-ignore [ instance instance-id ] undo ospfv3 mtu-ignore [ instance instance-id ] View Interface view Parameters instance-id: Instance ID, in the range 0 to 255, which defaults to 0.

  • Page 581: Ospfv3 Timer Hello

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Use the undo ospfv3 timer dead command to restore the default. By default, the OSPFv3 neighbor dead time is 40 seconds. OSPFv3 neighbor dead time: if an interface receives no hello packet from a neighbor after dead time elapses, the interface will consider the neighbor dead.

  • Page 582: Ospfv3 Timer Retransmit

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands 3.1.30 ospfv3 timer retransmit Syntax ospfv3 timer retransmit interval [ instance instance-id ] undo ospfv3 timer retransmit [ instance instance-id ] View Interface view Parameters interval: LSA retransmission interval in seconds, ranging from 1 to 65535.
  • Page 583 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Parameters seconds: Transmission delay in seconds, ranging from 1 to 3600. instance-id: Instance ID of an interface, in the range of 0 to 255, with the default as 0.
  • Page 584 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands By default, the preference for OSPFv3 internal routes is 10, and that for OSPFv3 external routes is 150. The smaller the value is, the higher the preference is.
  • Page 585 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the Router ID as 10.1.1.3 for OSPFv3 process 1. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ospfv3 1 [Sysname-ospfv3-1] router-id 10.1.1.3 3.1.34 silent-interface Syntax silent-interface { interface-type interface-number | all }...

  • Page 586: Spf Timers

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands 3.1.35 spf timers Syntax spf timers delay-interval hold-interval undo spf timers View OSPFv3 view Parameters delay-interval: Interval in seconds between when OSPFv3 receives a topology change and when it starts SPF calculation.
  • Page 587 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands Parameters no-summary: This argument is only applicable to the ABR of a stub area. With it configured, the ABR advertises only a default route in a Summary-LSA to the stub area (such an area is called a totally stub area).
  • Page 588 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IPv6 OSPFv3 Configuration Commands dead seconds: Specifies the neighbor dead time in seconds, ranging from 1 to 32768, with the default as 40. This value must be equal to the dead seconds configured on the virtual link peer, and at least four times the value of hello seconds.

  • Page 589: Chapter 4 Ipv6 Is-Is Configuration Commands

    This document describes only IPv6 IS-IS exclusive commands. Refer to IS-IS Commands in the part discussing IPv4 routing for other IS-IS configuration commands. At present, the LSQ1GP12EA boards in the S7500E series do not support IPv6. 4.1.1 display isis route ipv6 Syntax...
  • Page 590 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands Examples # Display IPv6 IS-IS routing information. <Sysname> display isis route ipv6 Route information for ISIS(1) ----------------------------- ISIS(1) IPv6 Level-1 Forwarding Table ------------------------------------- Destination: 2001::...

  • Page 591: Ipv6 Default-Route-Advertise

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands Interface : Vlan100 Next Hop : Direct IPV6 Dest : 2001:2::/64 Cost : 20 Flag : R/-/- Preference : 15 Admin Tag : -...

  • Page 592: Ipv6 Enable

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters route-policy-name: Specifies the name of a routing policy with a string of 1 to 19 characters. level-1: Specifies the default route as Level-1.

  • Page 593: Ipv6 Filter-Policy Export

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the ipv6 enable command to enable IPv6 for the IPv6 IS-IS process. Use the undo ipv6 enable command to disable IPv6.

  • Page 594: Ipv6 Filter-Policy Import

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the ipv6 filter-policy export command to configure IPv6 IS-IS to filter redistributed routes before advertisement. Use the undo ipv6 filter-policy export command to disable the filtering.

  • Page 595: Ipv6 Import-Route

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the ipv6 filter-policy import command to configure IPv6 IS-IS to filter the received routes. Use the undo ipv6 filter-policy import command to disable the filtering.

  • Page 596: Ipv6 Import-Route Isisv6 Level-2 Into Level

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands allow-ibgp: Allows the redistribution of IBGP routes. This keyword is optional when the protocol is bgp4+. Description Use the ipv6 import-route command to enable IPv6 IS-IS to redistribute routes from another routing protocol.

  • Page 597: Ipv6 Maximum Load-Balancing

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands Parameters acl6-number: Number of a basic or advanced ACL6 used to filter routes when they are leaking from Level-2 to Level-1, ranging from 2000 to 3999.

  • Page 598: Ipv6 Preference

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands Description Use the ipv6 maximum load-balancing command to configure the maximum number of equal-cost routes for load balancing. Use the undo ipv6 maximum load-balancing command to restore the default.

  • Page 599: Ipv6 Summary

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands same destination, the route found by the protocol with the highest preference is selected. Examples # Configure the preference of IPv6 IS-IS protocol as 20.

  • Page 600: Isis Ipv6 Enable

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 IPv6 IS-IS Configuration Commands Route summarization is disabled by default. Configuring summary routes can reduce the size of the route table, LSPs and LSDB. Routes to be summarized can be IS-IS routes or redistributed routes. The cost of a summary route is the smallest cost among all summarized routes.

  • Page 601: Chapter 5 Ipv6 Bgp Configuration Commands

    H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Note: At present, the LSQ1GP12EA boards in the S7500E series do not support IPv6. 5.1 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.1 balance Syntax balance number...
  • Page 602 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.2 bestroute as-path-neglect Syntax bestroute as-path-neglect undo bestroute as-path-neglect View IPv6 address family view Parameters None Description Use the bestroute as-path-neglect command to configure the IPv6 BGP router to not evaluate the AS_PATH during best route selection.
  • Page 603 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Use the undo bestroute compare-med command to disable this comparison. This comparison is not enabled by default. Caution: After the bestroute compare-med command is executed, the balance command does not take effect.
  • Page 604 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [Sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] bestroute med-confederation 5.1.5 compare-different-as-med Syntax compare-different-as-med undo compare-different-as-med View IPv6 address family view Parameters None Description Use the compare-different-as-med command to enable the comparison of the MED for paths from peers in different ASs.
  • Page 605 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands View IPv6 address family view Parameters half-life-reachable: Half-life for reachable routes, in the range 1 to 45 minutes. By default, the value is 15 minutes.
  • Page 606 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.7 default local-preference Syntax default local-preference value undo default local-preference View IPv6 address family view Parameters value: Default local preference, in the range 0 to 4294967295. The larger the value is, the higher the preference is.
  • Page 607 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the default med command to specify the default MED value. Use the undo default med command to restore the default. By default, the default med-value is 0.

  • Page 608: Display Bgp Ipv6 Group

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [Sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] default-route imported [Sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] import-route ospfv3 1 5.1.10 display bgp ipv6 group Syntax display bgp ipv6 group [ ipv6-group-name ]...

  • Page 609: Display Bgp Ipv6 Network

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Table 5-1 Description on the fields of the display bgp ipv6 group command Field Description BGP peer-group Name of the peer group remote AS...

  • Page 610: Display Bgp Ipv6 Paths

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp ipv6 network command to display IPv6 routes advertised with the network command. Examples # Display IPv6 routes advertised with the network command.

  • Page 611: Display Bgp Ipv6 Peer

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Display IPv6 BGP path information. <Sysname> display bgp ipv6 paths Address Hash Refcount Path/Origin 0x5917098 0x59171D0 100i Table 5-3 Description on the fields of the display bgp ipv6 paths command...

  • Page 612: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands ipv6-address: Specifies the IPv6 address of a peer to be displayed. log-info: Displays log information of the specified peer. verbose: Displays the detailed information of the peer.
  • Page 613 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters ipv6-address: Destination IPv6 address. prefix-length: Prefix length of the IPv6 address, in the range 0 to 128. Description Use the display bgp ipv6 routing-table command to display IPv6 BGP routing table information.
  • Page 614 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Table 5-5 Description on the fields of the display bgp ipv6 routing-table command Field Description Local router ID Local router ID Status codes: * – valid >...

  • Page 615: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table As-Path-Acl

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.15 display bgp ipv6 routing-table as-path-acl Syntax display bgp ipv6 routing-table as-path-acl as-path-acl-number View Any view Parameters as-path-acl-number: Number of an AS path ACL permitted by which to display routing information, ranging from 1 to 256.

  • Page 616: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table Community-List

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters aa:nn: Specifies a community number; both aa and nn are in the range 0 to 65535. &<1-13>: Indicates the argument before it can be entered up to 13 times.

  • Page 617: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table Dampened

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters basic-community-list-number: Specifies a basic community-list number, in the range 1 to 99. adv-community-list-number: Specifies an advanced community-list number, in the range 100 to 199.

  • Page 618: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table Dampening Parameter

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the display bgp ipv6 routing-table dampened command to display the IPv6 BGP dampened routes. Examples # Display IPv6 BGP dampened routes. <Sysname> display bgp ipv6 routing-table dampened BGP Local router ID is 1.1.1.1...

  • Page 619: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table Different-Origin-As

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Display IPv6 BGP routing dampening parameters. <Sysname> display bgp ipv6 routing-table dampening parameter Maximum Suppress Time(in second) : 3069 Ceiling Value : 16000...

  • Page 620: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table Flap-Info

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *> Network : 222:: PrefixLen : 64 NextHop : 122::2 LocPrf PrefVal : 0...

  • Page 621: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table Peer

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Duration : 00:13:47 Reuse : 00:16:36 Path/Ogn : 200? Table 5-8 Description on the fields of the display bgp ipv6 routing-table flap-info command Field...

  • Page 622: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table Regular-Expression

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *>...

  • Page 623: Display Bgp Ipv6 Routing-Table Statistic

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands PrefVal : 0 Label : NULL Path/Ogn: 100 i Refer to Table 5-5 for description on the fields above. 5.1.24 display bgp ipv6 routing-table statistic...
  • Page 624 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands ipv6-prefix-name: Specifies the name of an IPv6 prefix list used to match against the destination address field of routing information. The name is a string of 1 to 19 characters.
  • Page 625 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the filter-policy import command to filter inbound routing information using a specified filter. Use the undo filter-policy import command to cancel filtering inbound routing information.
  • Page 626 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.28 import-route Syntax import-route protocol [ process-id [ med med-value | route-policy route-policy-name ] undo import-route protocol [ process-id ] View IPv6 address family view...
  • Page 627 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands View BGP view Parameters None Description Use the ipv6-family command to enter IPv6 address family view. Use the undo ipv6-family command to remove all configurations from the view.
  • Page 628 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Note that: The route to be advertised must exist in the local IP routing table, and using a routing policy makes route management more flexible.
  • Page 629 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.32 peer advertise-ext-community Syntax peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } advertise-ext-community undo peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } advertise-ext-community View IPv6 address family view Parameters ipv6-group-name: Name of an IPv6 peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters.
  • Page 630 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer allow-as-loop command to configure IPv6 BGP to allow the local AS number to exist in the AS_PATH attribute of routes from a peer/peer group, and to configure the repeating times of the local AS number.
  • Page 631 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [Sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] group test external [Sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] peer test as-number 200 5.1.35 peer as-path-acl Syntax peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } as-path-acl as-path-acl-number { import |...
  • Page 632 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.36 peer capability-advertise route-refresh Syntax peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } capability-advertise route-refresh undo peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } capability-advertise route-refresh View IPv6 address family view Parameters ipv6-group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters.
  • Page 633 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands ipv6-address: IPv6 address of a peer. interface-type interface-number: Specifies the type and name of the interface. Description Use the peer connect-interface command to specify the source interface for establishing TCP connections to an IPv6 BGP peer or peer group.
  • Page 634 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer default-route-advertise command to advertise a default route to a peer/peer group. Use the undo peer default-route-advertise command to disable advertising a default route.
  • Page 635 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the description for the peer group test as ISP1. <Sysname] system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [Sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] group test external [Sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] peer test description ISP1 5.1.40 peer ebgp-max-hop...
  • Page 636 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.41 peer fake-as Syntax peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } fake-as as-number undo peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } fake-as View IPv6 address family view Parameters ipv6-group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters.
  • Page 637 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands ipv6-address: IPv6 address of a peer. acl6-number: IPv6 ACL number, in the range 2000 to 3999. import: Applies the filter-policy to routes received from the peer/peer group.
  • Page 638 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Create a peer group named test and add the peer 1:2::3:4 to the peer group. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family...

  • Page 639: Peer Ipv6-Prefix

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.45 peer ipv6-prefix Syntax peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name { import | export } undo peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } ipv6-prefix { import | export }...
  • Page 640 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters ipv6-group-name: Name of an IPv6 peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. ipv6-address: IPv6 address of a peer. Description Use the peer keep-all-routes command to save the original routing information from a peer or peer group, including even routes that failed to pass the inbound policy.
  • Page 641 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [Sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] peer 1:2::3:4 log-change 5.1.48 peer next-hop-local Syntax peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } next-hop-local undo peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } next-hop-local...
  • Page 642 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters ipv6-group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. ipv6-address: IPv6 address of a peer. value: Preferred value, in the range 0 to 65535.
  • Page 643 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters ipv6-group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. ipv6-address: IPv6 address of a peer. Description Use the peer public-as-only command to configure IPv6 BGP updates to a peer/peer group to not carry private AS numbers.
  • Page 644 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the local device as a route reflector and specify the peer group test as a client. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] bgp 100...
  • Page 645 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.53 peer route-policy Syntax peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } route-policy route-policy-name { import | export } undo peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } route-policy route-policy-name...
  • Page 646 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.54 peer route-update-interval Syntax peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } route-update-interval seconds undo peer { ipv6-group-name | ipv6-address } route-update-interval View IPv6 address family view Parameters ipv6-group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters.
  • Page 647 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters ipv6-group-name: Name of a peer group, a string of 1 to 47 characters. ipv6-address: IPv6 address of a peer. Description Use the peer substitute-as command to substitute the local AS number for the AS number of a peer/peer group in the AS_PATH attribute.
  • Page 648 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands The timer configured with this command is preferred to the timer configured with the timer command. The holdtime interval must be at least three times the keepalive interval.
  • Page 649 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands The bigger the preference value is, the lower the preference is. The default values of external-preference, internal-preference and local-preference are 255, 255 and 130 respectively.

  • Page 650: Refresh Bgp Ipv

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands 5.1.59 reflector cluster-id Syntax reflector cluster-id cluster-id undo reflector cluster-id View IPv6 address family view Parameters cluster-id: Specifies the cluster ID of the route reflector, an integer from 1 to 4294967295 (the system translates it into an IPv4 address) or an IPv4 address.

  • Page 651: Reset Bgp Ipv

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters ipv6-address: Soft-resets the connection with an IPv6 BGP peer. all: Soft-resets all IPv6 BGP connections. external: Soft-resets EBGP connections. group ipv6-group-name: Soft-resets connections with a peer group. The name of the peer group is a string of 1 to 47 characters.

  • Page 652: Reset Bgp Ipv6 Dampening

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands external: Resets all the EBGP connections. internal: Resets all the IBGP connections. Description Use the reset bgp ipv6 command to reset specified IPv6 BGP connections.
  • Page 653 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands Parameters ipv6-address: Clears the flap statistics for the specified IPv6 address. prefix-length: Prefix length of the address, in the range 1 to 128. as-path-regexp: Clears the flap statistics for routes matching the AS path regular expression.
  • Page 654 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands the highest IPv4 address of Loopback interfaces’ addresses, then the highest IPv4 address of physical interfaces’ addresses if no Loopback interfaces are configured. Only when the interface with the router ID is removed or the manually configured router ID is removed, will the system select another Router ID.
  • Page 655 Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 IPv6 BGP Configuration Commands [Sysname] bgp 100 [Sysname-bgp] ipv6-family [Sysname-bgp-af-ipv6] synchronization 5.1.66 timer Syntax timer keepalive keepalive hold holdtime undo timer View IPv6 address family view Parameters keepalive: Keepalive interval in seconds, ranging from 1 to 21845.

  • Page 656: Ipv6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands

    Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Note: At present, the LSQ1GP12EA boards in the S7500E series do not support IPv6. 6.1 Routing Policy Common Configuration Commands Refer to IPv4 routing commands for routing policy common configuration commands. 6.2 IPv6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.2.1 apply ipv6 next-hop...

  • Page 657: Display Ip Ipv6-Prefix

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] route-policy policy1 permit node 10 [Sysname-route-policy] if-match as-path 1 [Sysname-route-policy] apply ipv6 next-hop 3ffe:506::1 6.2.2 display ip ipv6-prefix Syntax display ip ipv6-prefix [ ipv6-prefix-name ]...

  • Page 658: If-Match Ipv

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands Field Description greater-equal, the lower limit prefix length less-equal, the upper limit prefix length 6.2.3 if-match ipv6 Syntax if-match ipv6 { address | next-hop | route-source } { acl acl6-number | prefix-list...

  • Page 659: Ip Ipv6-Prefix

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands 6.2.4 ip ipv6-prefix Syntax ip ipv6-prefix ipv6-prefix-name [ index index-number ] { deny | permit } ipv6-address prefix-length [ greater-equal min-prefix-length ] [ less-equal max-prefix-length ]...

  • Page 660: Reset Ip Ipv6-Prefix

    Command Manual – IPv6 Routing H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 6 Routing Policy Configuration Commands The IPv6 prefix range is determined by prefix-length and [ min-prefix-length, max-prefix-length ]. If both mask-length and [ min-mask-length, max-mask-length ] are specified, then the IPv6 addresses must satisfy both of them.
  • Page 661 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands ..............1-1 1.1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1.1 display dns ipv6 dynamic-host ................1-1 1.1.2 display dns ipv6 server.................... 1-2 1.1.3 display ipv6 fib......................
  • Page 662 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 1.1.37 reset dns ipv6 dynamic-host ................1-38 1.1.38 reset ipv6 neighbors.................... 1-39 1.1.39 reset ipv6 pathmtu....................1-39 1.1.40 reset ipv6 statistics....................1-40 1.1.41 reset tcp ipv6 statistics ..................1-40 1.1.42 reset udp ipv6 statistics..................

  • Page 663: Chapter 1 Ipv6 Basics Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Note: The LSQ1GP12EA board does not support IPv6 features. A tunnel interface number is in the A/B/C format, where A, B, and C represent the slot number of a card, the slot number of a sub-card, and the tunnel interface number, respectively.

  • Page 664: Display Dns Ipv6 Server

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Field Description IPv6 address IPv6 address of the host Time an entry can be cached in seconds Note: For a domain name displayed with the display dns ipv6 dynamic-host command, no more than 21 characters can be displayed.

  • Page 665: Display Ipv6 Fib

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display dns ipv6 server command Field Description Sequence number of the DNS server, which is assigned DNS Server automatically by the system, starting from 1.

  • Page 666: Display Ipv6 Host

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands TimeStamp Date- 8/29/2007, Time- 10:11:42 Interface InLoopBack0 Table 1-3 Description on fields of the display ipv6 fib command Field Description Total number of Routes...

  • Page 667: Display Ipv6 Interface

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Examples # Display the mappings between host names and IPv6 addresses in the static DNS database. <Sysname> display ipv6 host Host Flags IPv6Address static...
  • Page 668 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Examples # Display the IPv6 information of VLAN-interface 2. <Sysname> display ipv6 interface vlan-interface 2 Vlan-interface2 current state :UP Line protocol current state :UP...

  • Page 669: Display Ipv6 Neighbors

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Field Description Hosts use stateless autoconfig for Hosts use stateless auto-configuration addresses mode to acquire IPv6 addresses # Display the brief IPv6 information of all interfaces for which IPv6 addresses can be configured.
  • Page 670 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Parameters ipv6-address: IPv6 address whose neighbor information is to be displayed. all: Displays information of all neighbors, including neighbors acquired dynamically and configured statically.

  • Page 671: Display Ipv6 Neighbors Count

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Field Description State of a neighbor, including: INCMP: The address is being resolved. The link layer address of the neighbor is unknown. REACH: The neighbor is reachable.

  • Page 672: Display Ipv6 Pathmtu

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Description Use the display ipv6 neighbors count command to display the total number of neighbor entries satisfying the specified condition. Examples # Display the total number of neighbor entries acquired dynamically.

  • Page 673: Display Ipv6 Socket

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Field Description Time for a PMTU to live. For a static PMTU, a hyphen “-“ is displayed. Indicates the PMTU is dynamically negotiated or Type statically configured.
  • Page 674 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands socket state = SS_PRIV SS_ASYNC SOCK_DGRAM: Task = AGNT(51), socketid = 2, Proto = 17, LA = ::->161, FA = ::->0, sndbuf = 9216, rcvbuf = 42080, sb_cc = 0, rb_cc = 0,...

  • Page 675: Display Ipv6 Statistics

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Field Description socket option Socket option set by the application socket state State of the socket 1.1.10 display ipv6 statistics Syntax display ipv6 statistics [ slot slot-number ]...
  • Page 676 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands ICMPv6 protocol: Sent packets: Total: unreached: too big: hopcount exceeded: 0 reassembly timeout: parameter problem: 0 echo request: echo replied: neighbor solicit: 0 neighbor advert:...
  • Page 677 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Table 1-10 Description on fields of the display ipv6 statistics command Field Description IPv6 Protocol: Statistics of IPv6 packets Statistics of sent IPv6 packets, including:...
  • Page 678 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Field Description Statistics of sent IPv6 ICMP packets, including Total number of sent packets Number packets whose destination is unreachable Sent packets: Number of too large packets...

  • Page 679: Display Tcp Ipv6 Statistics

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Field Description Statistics of received IPv6 ICMP packets, including Total number of received packets Number of packets with checksum errors Number of too small packets...
  • Page 680 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the display tcp ipv6 statistics command to display IPv6 TCP connection statistics. Examples # Display the statistics of IPv6 TCP connections.
  • Page 681 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Table 1-11 Description on fields of the display tcp ipv6 statistics command Field Description Statistics of received packets, including Received packets: Total number of received packets...

  • Page 682: Display Tcp Ipv6 Status

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Field Description Keepalive timeout, so connections Number of connections dropped disconnected because of keepalive response timeout Initiated connections Number of initiated connections accepted connections...

  • Page 683: Display Udp Ipv6 Statistics

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Field Description IPv6 TCP connection status, including Closed Listening Syn_Sent Syn_Rcvd Established State Close_Wait Fin_Wait1 Closing Last_Ack Fin_Wait2 Time_Wait 1.1.13 display udp ipv6 statistics...

  • Page 684: Dns Server Ipv

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Table 1-13 Description on fields of the display udp ipv6 statistics command Field Description Total Total number of received/sent packets Total number of packets with a...

  • Page 685: Ipv6 Address

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the IPv6 address 2002::1 for a DNS server. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] dns server ipv6 2002::1 1.1.15 ipv6 Syntax ipv6 undo ipv6...
  • Page 686 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Description Use the ipv6 address command to configure an IPv6 site-local address or aggregatable global unicast address for an interface. Use the undo ipv6 address command to remove the IPv6 address from the interface.

  • Page 687: Ipv6 Address Eui

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [Sysname-Vlan-interface100] ipv6 address auto link-local 1.1.18 ipv6 address eui-64 Syntax ipv6 address ipv6-address/prefix-length eui-64 undo ipv6 address ipv6-address/prefix-length eui-64 View...

  • Page 688: Ipv6 Host

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Parameters ipv6-address: IPv6 link-local address. The first ten bits of an address must be 1111111010 (binary), that is, the first group of hexadecimals in the address must be FE80 to FEBF.

  • Page 689: Ipv6 Icmp-Error

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands [Sysname] ipv6 host aaa 2001::1 1.1.21 ipv6 icmp-error Syntax ipv6 icmp-error { bucket bucket-size | ratelimit interval } * undo ipv6 icmp-error View System view Parameters bucket bucket-size: Number of tokens in a token bucket, in the range of 1 to 200.

  • Page 690: Ipv6 Nd Autoconfig Managed-Address-Flag

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Description Use the ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply enable command to enable sending of multicast echo replies. Use the undo ipv6 icmpv6 multicast-echo-reply command to disable sending of multicast echo replies.

  • Page 691: Ipv6 Nd Dad Attempts

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands 1.1.24 ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag Syntax ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag undo ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag View Interface view Parameters None Description Use the ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag command to set the other stateful configuration flag (O) flag to 1 so that the host can acquire information other than IPv6 address through stateful auto-configuration (for example, DHCP server).

  • Page 692: Ipv6 Nd Hop-Limit

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Description Use the ipv6 nd dad attempts command to configure the number of attempts to send a neighbor solicitation message for DAD. Use the undo ipv6 nd dad attempts command to restore the default.

  • Page 693: Ipv6 Nd Ns Retrans-Timer

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands 1.1.27 ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer Syntax ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer value undo ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer View Interface view Parameters value: Interval for sending NS messages in milliseconds, in the range of 1,000 to 4,294,967,295.

  • Page 694: Ipv6 Nd Ra Halt

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Description Use the ipv6 nd nud reachable-time command to configure the neighbor reachable time on an interface. This time value serves as not only the neighbor reachable time on the local interface, but also the value of the Reachable Timer field in RA messages sent by the local interface.

  • Page 695: Ipv6 Nd Ra Interval

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands 1.1.30 ipv6 nd ra interval Syntax ipv6 nd ra interval max-interval-value min-interval-value undo ipv6 nd ra interval View Interface view Parameters max-interval-value: Maximum interval for advertising RA messages in seconds, in the range of 4 to 1,800.

  • Page 696: Ipv6 Nd Ra Router-Lifetime

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameters ipv6-address: IPv6 address or IPv6 address prefix. prefix-length: Prefix length of an IPv6 address. ipv6-prefix: IPv6 address prefix. valid-lifetime: Valid lifetime of a prefix in seconds, in the range of 0 to 4,294,967,295.

  • Page 697: Ipv6 Neighbor

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Parameters value: Router lifetime in seconds, in the range of 0 to 9,000. When it is set to 0, the device does not serve as the default router.

  • Page 698: Ipv6 Neighbors Max-Learning-Num

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Use the undo ipv6 neighbor command to remove a static neighbor entry. Note that you can adopt the IPv6 address and link layer address of the Layer 3 VLAN interface or those of the VLAN port to configure a static neighbor entry.

  • Page 699: Ipv6 Pathmtu

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Examples # Set the maximum number of neighbors that can be dynamically learned on VLAN-interface 100 to 10. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [Sysname-Vlan-interface100] ipv6 neighbors max-learning-num 10 1.1.35 ipv6 pathmtu...

  • Page 700: Reset Dns Ipv6 Dynamic-Host

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands View System view Parameters age-time: Aging time for PMTU in minutes, in the range of 10 to 100. Description Use the ipv6 pathmtu age command to configure the aging time for a dynamic PMTU.

  • Page 701: Reset Ipv6 Neighbors

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands 1.1.38 reset ipv6 neighbors Syntax reset ipv6 neighbors { all | dynamic | interface interface-type interface-number | slot slot-number | static } View User view Parameters all: Clears the static and dynamic neighbor information on all interfaces.

  • Page 702: Reset Ipv6 Statistics

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Examples # Clear all PMTUs. <Sysname> reset ipv6 pathmtu all 1.1.40 reset ipv6 statistics Syntax reset ipv6 statistics [ slot slot-number ] View User view Parameters slot slot number: Clears the statistics of IPv6 packets and ICMPv6 packets on the slot.

  • Page 703: Reset Udp Ipv6 Statistics

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands 1.1.42 reset udp ipv6 statistics Syntax reset udp ipv6 statistics View User view Parameters None Description Use the reset udp ipv6 statistics command to clear the statistics of all IPv6 UDP packets.

  • Page 704: Tcp Ipv6 Timer Syn-Timeout

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] tcp ipv6 timer fin-timeout 800 1.1.44 tcp ipv6 timer syn-timeout Syntax tcp ipv6 timer syn-timeout wait-time undo tcp ipv6 timer syn-timeout...
  • Page 705 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IPv6 Basics Configuration Commands Description Use the tcp ipv6 window command to set the size of the IPv6 TCP sending/receiving buffer. Use the undo tcp ipv6 window command to restore the default.

  • Page 706: Chapter 2 Dual Stack Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Dual Stack Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Dual Stack Configuration Commands 2.1 Dual Stack Configuration Commands 2.1.1 ipv6 Syntax ipv6 undo ipv6 View System view Parameters None Description Use the ipv6 command to enable the IPv6 packet forwarding function.
  • Page 707 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Dual Stack Configuration Commands Description Use the ipv6 address command to configure a site-local address or global unicast address for an interface. Use the undo ipv6 address command to remove the configuration.
  • Page 708 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Dual Stack Configuration Commands Examples # Enable the interface VLAN-interface 100 to generate a link-local address automatically. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [Sysname-Vlan-interface100] ipv6 address auto link-local 2.1.4 ipv6 address eui-64...
  • Page 709 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Dual Stack Configuration Commands undo ipv6 address ipv6-address link-local View Interface view Parameters ipv6-address: IPv6 link-local address. The high-order ten bits of an IPv6 link-local address must be 1111111010 (binary), that is to say, the first group of the IPv6 link-local address must range from FE80 to FEBF (hexadecimal).

  • Page 710: Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands 3.1 Tunnel Configuration Commands 3.1.1 aggregation-group Syntax aggregation-group aggregation-group-id undo aggregation-group View Tunnel interface view Parameters aggregation-group-id: Link aggregation group ID. The value ranges from 1 to 484.
  • Page 711 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands [Sysname-Ethernet3/0/1] stp disable [Sysname-Ethernet3/0/1] port link-aggregation group 1 [Sysname-Ethernet3/0/1] quit # Configure the tunnel to reference link aggregation group 1 in tunnel interface view. [Sysname] interface tunnel 1/0/3 [Sysname-Tunnel1/0/3] aggregation-group 1 3.1.2 destination...

  • Page 712: Display Interface Tunnel

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands <Sysname2> system-view [Sysname2] interface Tunnel 1/0/3 [Sysname2-Tunnel1/0/3] source 192.100.1.1 [Sysname2-Tunnel1/0/3] destination 193.101.1.1 3.1.3 display interface tunnel Syntax display interface tunnel [ number ] View Any view Parameters number: Tunnel interface number.

  • Page 713: Display Ipv6 Interface Tunnel

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands Table 3-1 Description on fields of the display interface tunnel command Field Description The physical layer protocol state of the tunnel Tunnel1/0/3 current state: UP interface.
  • Page 714 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands Description Use the display ipv6 interface tunnel command to display related IPv6 information of a specified tunnel interface, including link state, IPv6 protocol state, and IPv6 address.

  • Page 715: Interface Tunnel

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands Field Description Hosts use stateless autoconfig Hosts use the stateless auto-configuration mode for addresses to acquire IPv6 addresses. 3.1.5 interface tunnel Syntax interface tunnel number...

  • Page 716: Mtu (Tunnel Interface View)

    Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands 3.1.6 mtu (tunnel interface view) Syntax mtu mtu-size undo mtu View Tunnel interface view Parameters mtu-size: Tunnel interface MTU in bytes, in the range of 100 to 64,000.
  • Page 717 6to4: Sets the tunnel to IPv6 over IPv4 6to4 tunnel. ipv6-ipv4 isatap: Sets the tunnel to an IPv6 over IPv4 ISATAP tunnel. mpls te :Sets the tunnel to an MPLS TE tunnel. Now S7500E series ethernet switches do not support MPLS TE tunnel.
  • Page 718 Command Manual – IPv6 Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 Tunneling Configuration Commands A proper tunnel type can be selected for packet encapsulation according to the network topology and application. The same tunnel type must be configured at both ends of the tunnel.
  • Page 719 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands............... 1-1 1.1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands ............... 1-1 1.1.1 display igmp-snooping group .................. 1-1 1.1.2 display igmp-snooping statistics................1-2 1.1.3 drop-unknown......................
  • Page 720 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Chapter 2 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands ............... 2-1 2.1 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands ................ 2-1 2.1.1 display multicast-vlan ....................2-1 2.1.2 multicast-vlan enable ....................2-1 2.1.3 multicast-vlan subvlan..................... 2-2 Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands ................
  • Page 721 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 4.1.6 c-bsr group ......................4-5 4.1.7 c-bsr hash-length..................... 4-6 4.1.8 c-bsr holdtime......................4-6 4.1.9 c-bsr interval......................4-7 4.1.10 c-bsr priority......................4-8 4.1.11 c-rp ........................4-9 4.1.12 c-rp advertisement-interval.................. 4-10 4.1.13 c-rp holdtime......................
  • Page 722 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 4.1.48 pim timer join-prune .................... 4-43 4.1.49 pim triggered-hello-delay..................4-44 4.1.50 probe-interval ...................... 4-44 4.1.51 register-policy ...................... 4-45 4.1.52 register-suppression-timeout................4-46 4.1.53 register-whole-checksum ..................4-46 4.1.54 reset pim control-message counters ..............4-47 4.1.55 source-lifetime .....................
  • Page 723 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding Configuration Commands ....... 6-1 6.1 Multicast Routing and Forwarding Configuration Commands ........... 6-1 6.1.1 display multicast boundary..................6-1 6.1.2 display multicast forwarding-table ................6-2 6.1.3 display multicast routing-table.................

  • Page 724: Igmp Snooping Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display igmp-snooping group Syntax display igmp-snooping group [ vlan vlan-id ] [ slot slot-id ] [ verbose ]...

  • Page 725: Display Igmp-Snooping Statistics

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Router port(s):total 1 port. Eth1/0/2 (D) ( 00:01:30 ) IP group(s):the following ip group(s) match to one mac group. IP group address:224.1.1.1 (1.1.1.1, 224.1.1.1): Attribute: Host Port Host port(s):total 1 port.
  • Page 726 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the display igmp-snooping statistics command to view the statistics information of IGMP messages learned by IGMP Snooping. Examples # View the statistics information of IGMP messages learned by IGMP Snooping.
  • Page 727 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.3 drop-unknown Syntax drop-unknown undo drop-unknown View IGMP-Snooping view Parameters None Description Use the drop-unknown command to enable globally the function of dropping unknown multicast data.
  • Page 728 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands range in the form of start-vlan-id to end-vlan-id, where the end VLAN ID must be greater than the start VLAN ID. The effective range of a VLAN ID is 1 to 4094.
  • Page 729 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Use the undo group-policy command to remove the configured global multicast group filter. By default, no global multicast group filter is configured, namely a host can join any multicast group.

  • Page 730: Igmp-Snooping Drop-Unknown

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands This command works only on IGMP Snooping–enabled VLANs, but not on VLANs with IGMP enabled on the corresponding VLAN interfaces. Related commands: igmp-snooping host-aging-time. Examples # Set the aging time of group member ports globally to 300 seconds.

  • Page 731: Igmp-Snooping Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands View VLAN view Parameters None Description Use the igmp-snooping drop-unknown command to enable the function of dropping unknown multicast data in the current VLAN. Use the undo igmp-snooping drop-unknown command to disable the function of dropping unknown multicast data in the current VLAN.

  • Page 732: Igmp-Snooping Fast-Leave

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands IGMP Snooping must be enabled globally before it can be enabled in a VLAN. Related commands: igmp-snooping. Examples # Enable IGMP Snooping in VLAN 2.

  • Page 733: Igmp-Snooping General-Query Source-Ip

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands If you do not specify any VLAN in manual port group view, the command will take effect on all the ports in this group no matter which VLANs these port belong to; if you specify a VLAN or multiple VLANs, the command will take effect on those ports in this group that belong to the specified VLAN(s).

  • Page 734: Igmp-Snooping Group-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands This command takes effect only if IGMP Snooping is enabled in the VLAN. Examples # Set the IP address of the interface of VLAN 2 to 10.1.1.1, with the subnet mask of 255.255.255.0, and specify this IP address as the source IP address of IGMP general...

  • Page 735: Igmp-Snooping Group-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands If you do not specify any VLAN in Ethernet interface view, the command will take effect on the port no matter which VLAN the port belongs to; if you specify a VLAN or multiple VLANs, the command will take effect on the port only if the port belongs to the specified VLAN(s).

  • Page 736: Igmp-Snooping Host-Aging-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands This command works on IGMP Snooping–enabled VLANs and VLANs with IGMP enabled on the corresponding VLAN interfaces. If you do not specify any VLAN in Ethernet interface view, the command will take effect on the port no matter which VLAN the port belongs to;...

  • Page 737: Igmp-Snooping Host-Join

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands By default, the aging time of group member ports is 260 seconds. This command takes effect only if IGMP Snooping is enabled in the VLAN.

  • Page 738: Igmp-Snooping Last-Member-Query-Interval

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands The source-ip source-address option in the command is meaningful only for IGMP Snooping version 3. If IGMP Snooping version 2 is running, although you can include source-ip source-address in the command, the simulated host does not respond to a query message.

  • Page 739: Igmp-Snooping Max-Response-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands By default, the IGMP last-member query interval is 1 second. This command takes effect only if IGMP Snooping is enabled in the VLAN. Related commands: last-member-query-interval.

  • Page 740: Igmp-Snooping Overflow-Replace

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.18 igmp-snooping overflow-replace Syntax igmp-snooping overflow-replace [ vlan vlan-list ] undo igmp-snooping overflow-replace [ vlan vlan-list ] View Ethernet interface view, port group view Parameters vlan vlan-list: Defines one or multiple VLANs.

  • Page 741: Igmp-Snooping Querier

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.19 igmp-snooping querier Syntax igmp-snooping querier undo igmp-snooping querier View VLAN view Parameters None Description Use the igmp-snooping querier command to enable the IGMP Snooping querier function.

  • Page 742: Igmp-Snooping Router-Aging-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp-snooping query-interval command to configure the interval between IGMP general queries. Use the undo igmp-snooping query-interval command to restore the default setting.

  • Page 743: Igmp-Snooping Source-Deny

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands [Sysname] vlan 2 [Sysname-vlan2] igmp-snooping router-aging-time 100 1.1.22 igmp-snooping source-deny Syntax igmp-snooping source-deny undo igmp-snooping source-deny View Ethernet interface view, port group view Parameters None...

  • Page 744: Igmp-Snooping Static-Group

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Parameters current-interface: Sets the source address of IGMP group-specific queries to the address of the current VLAN interface. If the current VLAN interface does not have an IP address, the default IP address 0.0.0.0 will be used as the source IP address of...
  • Page 745 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Parameters group-address: Address of the multicast group to be statically joined, in the range of 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. source-address: Address of multicast source to be statically joined. The value of this argument should be a valid unicast address or 0.0.0.0.

  • Page 746: Igmp-Snooping Static-Router-Port

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.25 igmp-snooping static-router-port Syntax igmp-snooping static-router-port vlan vlan-id undo igmp-snooping static-router-port vlan vlan-id View Ethernet interface view, port group view Parameters vlan vlan-id: Specifies a VLAN in which one or more static router ports are to be configured, where vlan-id is in the range of 1 to 4094.
  • Page 747 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands View VLAN view Parameters version-number: IGMP snooping version, in the range of 2 to 3. Description Use the igmp-snooping version command to configure the IGMP Snooping version.
  • Page 748 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands This command works only on IGMP Snooping–enabled VLANs, but not on VLANs with IGMP enabled on the corresponding VLAN interfaces. Related commands: igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval. Examples # Set the interval between IGMP last-member queries globally to 3 seconds.
  • Page 749 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands 1.1.29 overflow-replace Syntax overflow-replace [ vlan vlan-list ] undo overflow-replace [ vlan vlan-list ] View IGMP-Snooping view Parameters vlan vlan-list: Defines one or multiple VLANs. You can provide up to 10 VLAN lists, by...

  • Page 750: Reset Igmp-Snooping Group

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands View IGMP-Snooping view Parameters None Description Use the report-aggregation command to enable IGMP report suppression. Use the undo report-aggregation command to disable IGMP report suppression.

  • Page 751: Reset Igmp-Snooping Statistics

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands This command cannot clear IGMP Snooping forwarding entries of static joins. Examples # Clear all IGMP Snooping forwarding entries saved in the switch. <Sysname> reset igmp-snooping group all 1.1.32 reset igmp-snooping statistics...
  • Page 752 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands Use the undo router-aging-time command to restore the default setting. By default, the aging time of router ports is 105 seconds. This command works only on IGMP Snooping–enabled VLANs, but not on VLANs with IGMP enabled on the corresponding VLAN interfaces.
  • Page 753 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 IGMP Snooping Configuration Commands [Sysname-igmp-snooping] source-deny port ethernet 2/0/1 to ethernet 2/0/5 1-30...

  • Page 754: Multicast Vlan Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands Chapter 2 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands 2.1 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands 2.1.1 display multicast-vlan Syntax display multicast-vlan [ vlan-id ] View Any view Parameters vlan-id: VLAN ID of a multicast VLAN, in the range of 1 to 4094. If this argument is not provided, the information about all multicast VLANs and their sub-VLANs will be displayed.

  • Page 755: Multicast-Vlan Subvlan

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 2 Multicast VLAN Configuration Commands undo multicast-vlan vlan-id enable View System view Parameters vlan-id: Specifies a VLAN by its ID, in the range of 1 to 4094. Description Use the multicast-vlan enable command to configure the specified VLAN as a multicast VLAN.
  • Page 756 VLAN. The number of sub-VLANs of the multicast VLAN must not exceed the system-defined limit (an S7500E series Ethernet switch supports up to five multicast VLANs, and supports up to 4000 sub-VLANs for each multicast VLAN.

  • Page 757: Igmp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a Layer 3 switch running IGMP.
  • Page 758 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Examples # Display the information about dynamically joined IGMP multicast groups on all interfaces. <Sysname> display igmp group Total 3 IGMP Group(s). Interface group report information Vlan-interface1 (20.20.20.20):...

  • Page 759: Display Igmp Group Port-Info

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands 3.1.2 display igmp group port-info Syntax display igmp group port-info [ vlan vlan-id ] [ slot slot-id ] [ verbose ] View Any view Parameters vlan-id: VLAN ID, in the range of 1 to 4094. If you do not specify a VLAN, this command will display the information of Layer 2 ports in all VLANs.

  • Page 760: Display Igmp Interface

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Host port(s):total 1 port. Eth1/0/1 Table 3-2 Description on the fields of the display igmp group port-info command Field Description Total1 IP Group(s). Total number of IP multicast groups Total 1 IP Source(s).
  • Page 761 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Examples # View the IGMP configuration and running status on VLAN-interface 1. <Sysname> display igmp interface Vlan-interface 1 verbose Vlan-interface1 (10.10.1.20): IGMP is enabled Current IGMP version is 2...

  • Page 762: Display Igmp Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Field Description Querier for IGMP IP address of the IGMP querier Statistics of IGMP activities (joins and IGMP activity leaves) Robustness Robustness variable of the IGMP querier...
  • Page 763 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Routing table Total 2 entries 00001. (*, 225.1.1.1) List of 1 downstream interface Vlan-interface1 (20.1.1.1), Protocol: STATIC 00002. (*, 239.255.255.250) List of 1 downstream interface Vlan-interface1 (20.20.20.20),...
  • Page 764 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Related commands: igmp fast-leave, last-member-query-interval. Note: This command takes effect only on Layer 3 interfaces other than VLAN interfaces when executed in IGMP view. Examples # Enable fast leave processing globally.

  • Page 765: Igmp Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands 3.1.7 igmp enable Syntax igmp enable undo igmp enable View Interface view Parameters None Description Use the igmp enable command to enable IGMP on the current interface.

  • Page 766: Igmp Group-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp fast-leave command to configure fast leave processing on the current interface. Use the undo igmp fast-leave command to disable fast leave processing on the current interface.

  • Page 767: Igmp Last-Member-Query-Interval

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands version-number: IGMP version, in the range of 1 to 3. By default, the system supports IGMPv1, IGMPv2 and IGMPv3 concurrently. Description Use the igmp group-policy command to configure a multicast group filter on the current interface.

  • Page 768: Igmp Max-Response-Time

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands undo igmp last-member-query-interval View Interface view Parameters interval: IGMP last member query interval in seconds, with an effective range of 1 to 5. Description Use the igmp last-member-query-interval command to configure the last member query interval, namely the length of time the device waits between sending IGMP group-specific queries, on the current interface.

  • Page 769: Igmp Require-Router-Alert

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands By default, the maximum response time for IGMP general queries is 10 seconds. Related commands: max-response-time, igmp timer other-querier-present, display igmp interface. Examples # Set the maximum response time for IGMP general queries to 8 seconds on VLAN-interface 100.

  • Page 770: Igmp Robust-Count

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands 3.1.13 igmp robust-count Syntax igmp robust-count robust-value undo igmp robust-count View Interface view Parameters robust-value: IGMP querier robustness variable, with an effective range of 2 to 5. The...

  • Page 771: Igmp Static-Group

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the igmp send-router-alert command on the current interface to enable insertion of the Router-Alert option in IGMP messages to be sent. Use the undo igmp send-router-alert command on the current interface to disable insertion of the Router-Alert option in IGMP messages to be sent.

  • Page 772: Igmp Timer Other-Querier-Present

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands If the specified multicast address is in the SSM multicast address range, and if a multicast source address is specified in the command, multicasts carrying the (S, G) entry, namely the source address information, can be sent out through this interface.

  • Page 773: Igmp Timer Query

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp timer other-querier-present command to configure the IGMP other querier present interval on the current interface. Use the undo igmp timer other-querier-present command to restore the system default.

  • Page 774: Igmp Version

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Description Use the igmp timer query command to configure the IGMP query interval on the current interface. Use the undo igmp timer query command to restore the system default.
  • Page 775 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands 3.1.19 last-member-query-interval Syntax last-member-query-interval interval undo last-member-query-interval View IGMP view Parameters interval: Last-member query interval in seconds, with an effective range of 1 to 5. Description Use the last-member-query-interval command to configure the global IGMP last-member query interval.
  • Page 776 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Description Use the max-response-time command to configure the maximum response time for IGMP general queries globally. Use the undo max-response-time command to restore the system default.

  • Page 777: Reset Igmp Group

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands [Sysname-igmp] require-router-alert 3.1.22 reset igmp group Syntax reset igmp group { all | interface interface-type interface-number { all | group-address [ mask { mask | mask-length } ] [ source-address [ mask { mask | mask-length } ] ] } }...

  • Page 778: Reset Igmp Group Port-Info

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands <Sysname> reset igmp group interface vlan-interface 100 225.0.0.1 # Clear the IGMP forwarding entries of multicast groups on subnet 225.1.1.0/24 on VLAN-interface 100 and the IGMP Snooping forwarding entries of multicast groups on this subnet in VLAN 100.
  • Page 779 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands 3.1.24 robust-count Syntax robust-count robust-value undo robust-count View IGMP view Parameters robust-value: IGMP querier robustness variable, with an effective range of 2 to 5. The IGMP robustness variable determines the number of general queries the IGMP querier sends on startup and the number of IGMP group-specific queries the IGMP querier sends upon receiving an IGMP leave message.

  • Page 780: Timer Other-Querier-Present

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Description Use the send-router-alert command to enable globally the insertion of the Router-Alert option into IGMP messages to be sent. Use the undo send-router-alert command to disable globally the insertion of the Router-Alert option into IGMP messages to be sent.

  • Page 781: Timer Query

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands Note: The three parameters in the above-mentioned formula default to 60 (seconds), 2 (times) and 10 (seconds) respectively, so the default IGMP other querier present interval = 60 ×...
  • Page 782 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 3 IGMP Configuration Commands 3.1.28 version Syntax version version-number undo version View IGMP view Parameters version-number: IGMP version, in the range of 1 to 3. Description Use the version command to configure the IGMP version globally.

  • Page 783: Pim Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a router in a generic sense or a Layer 3 switch running the PIM protocol.
  • Page 784 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.2 bsr-policy Syntax bsr-policy acl-number undo bsr-policy View PIM view Parameters acl-number: Basic ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 2999. When an ACL is defined, the source keyword in the rule command specifies a legal BSR source address range.

  • Page 785: C-Bsr Admin-Scope

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Parameters interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. This configuration can take effect only if PIM-SM is enabled on the interface. hash-length: Hash mask length for RP selection calculation, in the range of 0 to 32. If you do not include this keyword in your command, the corresponding global setting will be used.

  • Page 786: C-Bsr Global

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands By default, BSR administrative scoping is disabled, namely there is only one BSR in a PIM-SM domain. Related commands: c-bsr, c-bsr group, c-bsr global. Examples # Enable BSR administrative scoping.

  • Page 787: C-Bsr Group

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.6 c-bsr group Syntax c-bsr group group-address { mask | mask-length } [ hash-length hash-length | priority priority ] * undo c-bsr group group-address View PIM view Parameters group-address: Multicast group address, in the range of 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.

  • Page 788: C-Bsr Hash-Length

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.7 c-bsr hash-length Syntax c-bsr hash-length hash-length undo c-bsr hash-length View PIM view Parameters hash-length: Hash mask length for RP selection calculation, in the range of 0 to 32.

  • Page 789: C-Bsr Interval

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Use the undo c-bsr holdtime command to restore the system default. By default, the bootstrap timeout value is determined by this formula: Bootstrap timeout = Bootstrap interval × 2 + 10.

  • Page 790: C-Bsr Priority

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Note: The default bootstrap timeout is 130 seconds, so the default bootstrap interval = (130 – 10) ÷ 2 = 60 (seconds). Related commands: c-bsr, c-bsr holdtime.
  • Page 791 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.11 c-rp Syntax c-rp interface-type interface-number [ group-policy acl-number | priority priority | holdtime hold-interval | advertisement-interval adv-interval ] * undo c-rp interface-type interface-number View PIM view...

  • Page 792: C-Rp Advertisement-Interval

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Related commands: c-bsr. Examples # Configure VLAN-interface 100 to be a C-RP for multicast groups 225.1.0.0/16 and 226.2.0.0/16, with a priority of 10. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] acl number 2000 [Sysname-acl-basic-2000] rule permit source 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255...

  • Page 793: C-Rp Holdtime

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.13 c-rp holdtime Syntax c-rp holdtime interval undo c-rp holdtime View PIM view Parameters interval: C-RP timeout in seconds, with an effective range of 1 to 65,535.

  • Page 794: Display Pim Bsr-Info

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Parameters acl-number: Advanced ACL number, in the range of 3000 to 3999. When the ACL is defined, the source keyword in the rule command specifies the address of a C-RP and the destination keyword specifies the address range of the multicast groups that the C-RP will serve.
  • Page 795 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Examples # View the BSR information in the PIM-SM domain and the locally configured C-RP information in effect. <Sysname> display pim bsr-info Elected BSR Address: 12.12.12.9...

  • Page 796: Display Pim Claimed-Route

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Field Description Scope Scope of the BSR Length of time for which this BSR has been up, Uptime in hours:minutes:seconds Next BSR message scheduled Length of time in which the BSR will expire, in...

  • Page 797: Display Pim Control-Message Counters

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Referenced route type: unicast (direct) RPF-route selecting rule: preference-preferred The (S,G) or (*,G) list dependent on this route entry (172.168.0.12, 227.0.0.1) Table 4-2 Description on the fields of the display pim claimed-route command...
  • Page 798 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands join-prune: Displays the number of Join/prune messages. state-refresh: Displays the number of state refresh messages. Description Use the display pim control-message counters command to view the statistics information of PIM control messages.

  • Page 799: Display Pim Grafts

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Field Description Join/Prune Join/prune messages State Refresh State refresh messages Bootstrap messages C-RP C-RP-Adv messages 4.1.18 display pim grafts Syntax display pim grafts View Any view...

  • Page 800: Display Pim Interface

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.19 display pim interface Syntax display pim interface [ interface-type interface-number ] [ verbose ] View Any view Parameters interface-type interface-number: Displays the PIM information on a particular interface.
  • Page 801 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands PIM neighbor count: 1 PIM hello interval: 30 s PIM LAN delay (negotiated): 500 ms PIM LAN delay (configured): 500 ms PIM override interval (negotiated): 2500 ms...

  • Page 802: Display Pim Join-Prune

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Field Description Rejection of Hello messages without PIM require generation ID Generation_ID (enabled/disabled) PIM hello hold interval PIM neighbor timeout time PIM assert hold interval Assert timeout time...

  • Page 803: Display Pim Neighbor

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands interface-type interface-number: Displays the information of join/prune messages to send on the specified interface. neighbor-address: Displays the information of join/prune messages to send to the specified PIM neighbor.
  • Page 804 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters interface-type interface-number: Displays the PIM neighbor information on a particular interface. neighbor-address: Displays the information of a particular PIM neighbor. verbose: Displays the detailed PIM neighbor information.

  • Page 805: Display Pim Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 11.110.0.40 Vlan2 00:33:20 00:01:25 11.110.0.20 Vlan3 00:04:53 00:01:22 # View the detailed information of the PIM neighbor whose IP address is 11.110.0.20. <Sysname> display pim neighbor 11.110.0.20 verbose Neighbor: 11.110.0.20...
  • Page 806 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands outgoing-interface: Displays routing entries of which the outgoing interface is the specified interface. include: Displays routing entries of which the outgoing interface list includes the specified interface.
  • Page 807 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands <Sysname> display pim routing-table Total 0 (*, G) entry; 1 (S, G) entry (172.168.0.12, 227.0.0.1) RP: 2.2.2.2 Protocol: pim-sm, Flag: SPT LOC ACT UpTime: 02:54:43 Upstream interface: Vlan-interface1...

  • Page 808: Display Pim Rp-Info

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.23 display pim rp-info Syntax display pim rp-info [ group-address ] View Any view Parameters group-address: Address of the multicast group of which the RP information is to be displayed, in the range of 224.0.1.0 to 239.255.255.255.

  • Page 809: Hello-Option Dr-Priority

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Uptime: 03:01:36 Expires: 00:02:29 Table 4-10 Description on the fields of the display pim rp-info command Field Description BSR RP Address is IP address of the BSR RP...

  • Page 810: Hello-Option Holdtime

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Examples # Set the router priority for DR election to 3. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] pim [Sysname-pim] hello-option dr-priority 3 4.1.25 hello-option holdtime Syntax hello-option holdtime interval...

  • Page 811: Hello-Option Neighbor-Tracking

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Parameters interval: LAN-delay time in milliseconds, with an effective range of 1 to 32,767. Description Use the hello-option lan-delay command to configure the global value of the LAN-delay time, namely the length of time the device waits between receiving a prune message from downstream and taking the prune action.

  • Page 812: Hello-Option Override-Interval

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Related commands: pim hello-option neighbor-tracking. Examples # Disable join suppression globally. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] pim [Sysname-pim] hello-option neighbor-tracking 4.1.28 hello-option override-interval Syntax hello-option override-interval interval undo hello-option override-interval...

  • Page 813: Holdtime Join-Prune

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands View PIM view Parameters interval: Assert timeout time in seconds, with an effective range of 7 to 2,147,483,647. Description Use the holdtime assert command to configure the global value of the assert timeout time.
  • Page 814 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Related commands: holdtime assert, pim holdtime assert, pim holdtime join-prune. Examples # Set the global value of the join/prune timeout time to 280 seconds. <Sysname> system-view...
  • Page 815 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands View PIM view Parameters queue-size: Maximum number of (S, G) entries in a join/prune message, in the range of 1 to 4,096. Description Use the jp-queue-size command to configure the maximum number of (S, G) entries in a join/prune message.

  • Page 816: Pim Bsr-Boundary

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the pim command to enter PIM view. Use the undo pim command to remove all configurations performed in PIM view. IP multicast must be enabled on the device before this command can take effect.

  • Page 817: Pim Dm

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.35 pim dm Syntax pim dm undo pim dm View Interface view Parameters None Description Use the pim dm command to enable PIM-DM. Use the undo pim dm command to disable PIM-DM.

  • Page 818: Pim Hello-Option Holdtime

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the pim hello-option dr-priority command to configure the router priority for DR election on the current interface. Use the undo pim hello-option dr-priority command to restore the system default.

  • Page 819: Pim Hello-Option Lan-Delay

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.38 pim hello-option lan-delay Syntax pim hello-option lan-delay interval undo pim hello-option lan-delay View Interface view Parameters interval: LAN-delay time in milliseconds, with an effective range of 1 to 32,767.

  • Page 820: Pim Hello-Option Override-Interval

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the pim hello-option neighbor-tracking command to disable join suppression, namely enable neighbor tracking, on the current interface. Use the undo pim hello-option neighbor-tracking command to enable join suppression.

  • Page 821: Pim Holdtime Assert

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands [Sysname-Vlan-interface100] pim hello-option override-interval 2000 4.1.41 pim holdtime assert Syntax pim holdtime assert interval undo pim holdtime assert View Interface view Parameters interval: Assert timeout time in seconds, with an effective range of 7 to 2,147,483,647.

  • Page 822: Pim Require-Genid

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the pim holdtime join-prune command to configure the join/prune timeout time on the interface. Use the undo pim holdtime join-prune command to restore the system default.

  • Page 823: Pim Sm

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.44 pim sm Syntax pim sm undo pim sm View Interface view Parameters None Description Use the pim sm command to enable PIM-SM. Use the undo pim sm command to disable PIM-SM.

  • Page 824: Pim Timer Hello

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands By default, the state refresh feature is enabled. Related commands: state-refresh-interval, state-refresh-rate-limit, state-refresh-ttl. Examples # Disable state refresh on VLAN-interface 100. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [Sysname-Vlan-interface100] undo pim state-refresh-capable 4.1.46 pim timer graft-retry...

  • Page 825: Pim Timer Join-Prune

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands View Interface view Parameters interval: Hello interval in seconds, with an effective range of 1 to 2,147,483,647. Description Use the pim timer hello command to configure on the current interface the interval at which hello messages are sent.

  • Page 826: Pim Triggered-Hello-Delay

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface vlan-interface 100 [Sysname-Vlan-interface100] pim timer join-prune 80 4.1.49 pim triggered-hello-delay Syntax pim triggered-hello-delay interval undo pim trigged-hello-delay View Interface view Parameters interval: Maximum delay in seconds between hello messages, with an effective range of 1 to 5.
  • Page 827 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the probe-interval command to configure the probe time, namely the interval at which the DR sends null register messages before the register suppression timer expires.
  • Page 828 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands [Sysname] acl number 3000 [Sysname-acl-adv-3000] rule permit source 10.10.0.0 0.0.255.255 destination 225.1.0.0 0.0.255.255 [Sysname-acl-adv-3000] quit [Sysname] pim [Sysname-pim] register-policy 3000 4.1.52 register-suppression-timeout Syntax register-suppression-timeout interval undo register-suppression-timeout...

  • Page 829: Reset Pim Control-Message Counters

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the register-whole-checksum command to configure the router to calculate the checksum based on the entire register message. Use the undo register-whole-checksum command to restore the default configuration.
  • Page 830 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands 4.1.55 source-lifetime Syntax source-lifetime interval undo source-lifetime View PIM view Parameters interval: Multicast source lifetime in seconds, with an effective range of 1 to 65,535. Description Use the source-lifetime command to configure the multicast source lifetime.
  • Page 831 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Note that: If you specify a basic ACL, the device filters all the received multicast packets based on the source address, and discards packets that fail the source address match.
  • Page 832 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands error information. If you do not specify an order-value, the order value of the ACL will remain the same in the group-policy list. Description Use the spt-switch-threshold command to configure the RPT-to-SPT switchover parameters.
  • Page 833 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Parameters acl-number: Basic ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 2999. Description Use the ssm-policy command to configure the SSM multicast group range. Use the undo ssm-policy command to restore the system default.
  • Page 834 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Examples # Set the state refresh interval to 70 seconds. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] pim [Sysname-pim] state-refresh-interval 70 4.1.60 state-refresh-rate-limit Syntax state-refresh-rate-limit interval undo state-refresh-rate-limit View PIM view...
  • Page 835 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands View PIM view Parameters ttl-value: TTL value of state refresh messages, in the range of 1 to 255. Description Use the state-refresh-ttl command to configure the TTL value of state refresh messages.

  • Page 836: Timer Hello

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands Description Use the static-rp command to configure a static RP. Use the undo static-rp command to configure a static RP. By default, no static RP is configured.

  • Page 837: Timer Join-Prune

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 4 PIM Configuration Commands By default, hello messages are sent at the interval of 30 seconds. Related commands: pim timer hello. Examples # Set the global hello interval to 40 seconds.

  • Page 838: Chapter 5 Msdp Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a router in the generic sense or a Layer 3 switch running MSDP.

  • Page 839: Display Msdp Brief

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands 5.1.2 display msdp brief Syntax display msdp brief [ state { connect | down | listen | shutdown | up } ] View Any view Parameters state: Displays the information of MSDP peers in the specified state.

  • Page 840: Display Msdp Peer-Status

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Field Description Length of time since MSDP peer connection was Up/Down time established/failed Number of the AS where the MSDP peer is located. “?” indicates that the system was unable to obtain the AS number.
  • Page 841 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Number of discarded output messages: 0 Elapsed time since last connection or counters clear: 14:42:40 Information about (Source, Group)-based SA filtering policy: Import policy: none Export policy: none...

  • Page 842: Display Msdp Sa-Cache

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Field Description Elapsed time since last Time passed since the information of the MSDP peer connection or counters was last cleared clear SA message filtering list information...
  • Page 843 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters group-address: Multicast group address in the (S, G) entry, in the range of 224.0.1.0 to 239.255.255.255. source-address: Multicast source address in the (S, G) entry.

  • Page 844: Display Msdp Sa-Count

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Table 5-3 Description on the fields of the display msdp sa-cache command Field Description (Source, Group) (S, G) entry: (source address, group address) Origin RP Address of the RP that generated the (S, G) entry Type of protocol from which the AS number is originated.
  • Page 845 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Number of source and group, counted by AS Number of source Number of group Total 5 Source-Active entries Table 5-4 Description on the fields of the display msdp sa-count command...
  • Page 846 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Examples # Enable register message encapsulation in SA messages. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] msdp [Sysname-msdp] encap-data-enable 5.1.7 import-source Syntax import-source [ acl acl-number ] undo import-source View...
  • Page 847 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the MSDP peer to advertise only the (S, G) entries of multicast sources on the 10.10.0.0/16 subnet and with multicast group address of 225.1.0.0/16 when creating an SA message.
  • Page 848 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands 5.1.9 originating-rp Syntax originating-rp interface-type interface-number undo originating-rp View MSDP view Parameters interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Description Use the originating-rp command to configure the address of the specified interface as the RP address of SA messages.
  • Page 849 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Description Use the peer connect-interface command to create an MSDP peer connection. Use the undo peer connect-interface command to remove an MSDP peer connection. No MSDP peer connection is created by default.

  • Page 850: Peer Mesh-Group

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Examples # Add the descriptive text “Router CstmrA” for the router with the IP address of 125.10.7.6 to indicate that this router is Customer A. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] msdp [Sysname-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 description Router CstmrA...

  • Page 851: Peer Request-Sa-Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands View MSDP view Parameters peer-address: MSDP peer address. ttl-value: Time-to-Live (TTL) value, in the range of 0 to 255. Description Use the peer minimum-ttl command to configure the minimum TTL value of multicast packets encapsulated in SA messages.

  • Page 852: Peer Sa-Cache-Maximum

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands By default, no SA request message is sent. Note that before you can enable the device to send SA requests, you must disable the SA message cache mechanism.

  • Page 853: Peer Sa-Policy

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands [Sysname-msdp] peer 125.10.7.6 sa-cache-maximum 100 5.1.16 peer sa-policy Syntax peer peer-address sa-policy { import | export } [ acl acl-number ] undo peer peer-address sa-policy { import | export }...

  • Page 854: Reset Msdp Peer

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands 5.1.17 peer sa-request-policy Syntax peer peer-address sa-request-policy [ acl acl-number ] undo peer peer-address sa-request-policy View MSDP view Parameters peer-address: MSDP peer address. acl-number: Basic ACL number, in the range of 2000 to 2999. If you provide this argument, the SA requests of only the multicast groups that match the ACL will be accepted and other SA requests will be ignored;...

  • Page 855: Reset Msdp Sa-Cache

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands View User view Parameters peer-address: Specifies an MSDP peer by its address. If you do not provide this argument, the TCP connections with all MSDP peers will be reset.

  • Page 856: Reset Msdp Statistics

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands 5.1.20 reset msdp statistics Syntax reset msdp statistics [ peer-address ] View User view Parameters peer-address: Address of the MSDP peer of which the statistics information is to be cleared.
  • Page 857 Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Examples # Deactivate the connection with the MSDP peer 125.10.7.6. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] msdp [Sysname-msdp] shutdown 125.10.7.6 5.1.22 static-rpf-peer Syntax static-rpf-peer peer-address [ rp-policy ip-prefix-name ]...

  • Page 858: Timer Retry

    Command Manual – Multicast H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 5 MSDP Configuration Commands Related commands: display msdp peer-status, ip prefix-list. Examples # Configure static RPF peers. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] ip ip-prefix list1 permit 130.10.0.0 16 great-equal 16 less-equal [Sysname] msdp [Sysname-msdp] peer 130.10.7.6 connect-interface vlan-interface 100...

  • Page 859: Multicast Routing And Forwarding Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding Configuration Commands Note: The term “router” in this document refers to a router in the generic sense or a Layer 3 switch running an IP multicast routing protocol.

  • Page 860: Display Multicast Forwarding-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Multicast boundary information Boundary Interface 224.1.1.0/24 Vlan1 Table 6-1 Description on the fields of the display multicast boundary command Field Description Boundary Multicast group corresponding to the multicast boundary...
  • Page 861 Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands match: Specifies the routing entries of which the outgoing interface list includes and includes only the specified interface. statistics: Specifies to display the statistics information of the multicast forwarding table.

  • Page 862: Display Multicast Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Field Description Incoming interface Incoming interface of the (S, G) entry List of 1 outgoing Outgoing interface list interface: Interface number: outgoing interface name and number...
  • Page 863 Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters source-address: Multicast source address. group-address: Multicast group address, in the range of 224.0.1.0 to 239.255.255.255. mask: Mask of the multicast group/source address, 255.255.255.255 by default.

  • Page 864: Display Multicast Routing-Table Static

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Table 6-4 Description on the fields of display multicast routing-table Field Description 00001 Sequence number of the (S, G) entry (172.168.0.2, 227.0.0.1) An (S, G) entry of the multicast forwarding table...

  • Page 865: Display Multicast Rpf-Info

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Preference = 1, Order = 1 Running Configuration = ip rpf-route-static 10.10.0.0 16 2.2.2.2 order 1 # View the configuration information of multicast static routes.
  • Page 866 Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the display multicast rpf-info command to view the RPF information of a multicast source. Related commands: display multicast routing-table, display multicast forwarding-table.

  • Page 867: Ip Rpf-Route-Static

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 6.1.6 ip rpf-route-static Syntax ip rpf-route-static source-address { mask | mask-length } [ protocol [ process-id ] ] [ route-policy policy-name ] { rpf-nbr-address | interface-type interface-number }...
  • Page 868 Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands The arguments source-address { mask | mask-length }, protocol and policy-name are critical elements in multicast static route configuration. The variation of any of these three arguments results in a different configuration.
  • Page 869 Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the mtracert command to trace the path down which the multicast traffic from a given multicast source flows to the last-hop router.

  • Page 870: Multicast Boundary

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Table 6-7 Description on the fields of the mtracert command Field Description last-hop router Last-hop router The (S, G) multicast stream for which the (6.6.6.6, 225.2.1.1)

  • Page 871: Multicast Forwarding-Table Downstream-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the multicast boundary command to configure a multicast forwarding boundary. Use the undo multicast boundary command to remove a multicast forwarding boundary.

  • Page 872: Multicast Forwarding-Table Route-Limit

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the multicast forwarding-table downstream-limit command to configure the maximum number of downstream nodes for a single route in the multicast forwarding table.

  • Page 873: Multicast Load-Splitting

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Examples # Set the maximum number of routing entries in the multicast forwarding table to 200. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] multicast forwarding-table route-limit 200 6.1.11 multicast load-splitting...

  • Page 874: Multicast Routing-Enable

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters None Description Use the multicast longest-match command to configure route selection based on the longest match, namely based on the mask length.

  • Page 875: Reset Multicast Forwarding-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] multicast routing-enable 6.1.14 reset multicast forwarding-table Syntax reset multicast forwarding-table { { source-address [ mask { mask | mask-length } ] |...

  • Page 876: Reset Multicast Routing-Table

    Command Manual – Multicast Chapter 6 Multicast Routing and Forwarding H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 6.1.15 reset multicast routing-table Syntax reset multicast routing-table { { source-address [ mask { mask | mask-length } ] | group-address [ mask { mask | mask-length } ] | incoming-interface { interface-type...
  • Page 877 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 802.1x Configuration Commands ..................1-1 1.1.1 display dot1x ......................1-1 1.1.2 dot1x........................1-4 1.1.3 dot1x authentication-method................... 1-6 1.1.4 dot1x guest-vlan ......................

  • Page 878: X Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display dot1x Syntax display dot1x [ sessions | statistics ] [ interface interface-list ]...
  • Page 879 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Configuration: Transmit Period 30 s, Handshake Period 15 s Quiet Period 60 s, Quiet Period Timer is disabled Supp Timeout 30 s, Server Timeout...
  • Page 880 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Field Description Indicates whether the device is configured to Proxy trap checker is disabled send a trap packet when detecting that a user...
  • Page 881 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Field Description Guest VLAN configured for the port. The Guest VLAN value of 0 means that no guest VLAN is configured. Maximum number of users supported on the...
  • Page 882 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands interface-type represents the port type, interface-number represents the port number, and & <1-10> means that you can provide up to 10 port indexes/port index lists for this argument.

  • Page 883: Dot1X Authentication-Method

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1.3 dot1x authentication-method Syntax dot1x authentication-method { chap | eap | pap } undo dot1x authentication-method View System view Parameters chap: Authenticates supplicants using CHAP.

  • Page 884: Dot1X Guest-Vlan

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1.4 dot1x guest-vlan Syntax In system view: dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id [ interface interface-list ] undo dot1x guest-vlan [ interface interface-list ] In Ethernet interface view:...

  • Page 885: Dot1X Handshake

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands The 802.1x multicast trigger function is enabled. The link type of the port is set to access. Note that: Do not delete a VLAN that has been configured as a guest VLAN.

  • Page 886: Dot1X Max-User

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Use the undo dot1x handshake command to disable the function. By default, the function is enabled. Note that the 802.1x proxy detection function depends on the online user handshake function.

  • Page 887: Dot1X Multicast-Trigger

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands By default, the maximum number of concurrent users supported on a port is 1024. With no interface specified, the command sets the threshold for all ports.

  • Page 888: Dot1X Port-Control

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1.8 dot1x port-control Syntax In system view: dot1x port-control { authorized-force | auto | unauthorized-force } [ interface interface-list ] undo dot1x port-control [ interface interface-list ]...

  • Page 889: Dot1X Port-Method

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] dot1x port-control unauthorized-force interface Ethernet2/0/1 <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] interface Ethernet2/0/1 [Sysname-Ethernet2/0/1] dot1x port-control unauthorized-force 1.1.9 dot1x port-method Syntax In system view:...

  • Page 890: Dot1X Quiet-Period

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands The default access control method is macbased. Related commands: display dot1x. Examples # Set the access control method to portbased for port Ethernet 2/0/1.

  • Page 891: Dot1X Retry

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands 1.1.11 dot1x retry Syntax dot1x retry max-retry-value undo dot1x retry View System view Parameters max-retry-value: Maximum number of attempts to send an authentication request to a supplicant, in the range 1 to 10.
  • Page 892 By default, the function is disabled. Note that: This function requires the cooperation of the 802.1x client program by H3C. In system view, this command enables detection and control of users’ login for all ports with interface-list not provided, and enables detection and control of users’...

  • Page 893: Dot1X Timer

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands [Sysname] dot1x supp-proxy-check logoff interface Ethernet2/0/1 Ethernet2/0/8 # Configure port Ethernet 2/0/9 to send a trap packet when detecting that a user is trying to login through a proxy.

  • Page 894: Reset Dot1X Statistics

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Several timers are used in the 802.1x authentication process to guarantee that the supplicants, the authenticators, and the RADIUS server interact with each other in a reasonable manner.
  • Page 895 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 802.1x Configuration Commands Parameters interface interface-list: Specifies an Ethernet port list, which can contain multiple Ethernet ports. The interface-list argument is in the format of interface-list = { interface-type interface-number [ to interface-type interface-number ] } &...

  • Page 896: Ead Fast Deployment Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 2 EAD Fast Deployment H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Chapter 2 EAD Fast Deployment Configuration Commands 2.1 EAD Fast Deployment Configuration Commands 2.1.1 dot1x free-ip Syntax dot1x free-ip ip-address { mask-address | mask-length }...

  • Page 897: Dot1X Timer Ead-Timeout

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 2 EAD Fast Deployment H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 2.1.2 dot1x timer ead-timeout Syntax dot1x timer ead-timeout ead-timeout-value undo dot1x timer ead-timeout View System view Parameters ead-timeout-value: EAD rule timeout time, in the range 1 minute to 1440 minutes.
  • Page 898 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 2 EAD Fast Deployment H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands By default, no redirect URL is defined. Note that: The redirect URL and the free IP must be in the same network segment; otherwise, the URL may be inaccessible.

  • Page 899: Mac Authentication Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 3 MAC Authentication Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Chapter 3 MAC Authentication Configuration Commands 3.1 MAC Authentication Configuration Commands 3.1.1 display mac-authentication Syntax display mac-authentication [ interface interface-list ] View...
  • Page 900 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 3 MAC Authentication Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Silent Mac User info: MAC ADDR From Port Port Index Ethernet2/0/1 is link-up MAC address authentication is Enabled Authenticate success: 0, failed: 0...
  • Page 901 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 3 MAC Authentication Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Field Description User status. Possible values are: CONNECTING: The user is logging SUCCESS: The user has passed the Authenticate state authentication. FAILURE:...

  • Page 902: Mac-Authentication Domain

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 3 MAC Authentication Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands parameters are configured before MAC authentication is enabled globally, the default values are used. You can enable MAC authentication for ports before enabling it globally. However, MAC authentication begins to function only after you also enable it globally.

  • Page 903: Mac-Authentication Timer

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 3 MAC Authentication Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Specify the ISP domain for MAC authentication as domain1. <Sysname> systme-view [Sysname] mac-authentication domain domain1 3.1.4 mac-authentication timer Syntax mac-authentication timer { offline-detect offline-detect-value | quiet quiet-value |...

  • Page 904: Mac-Authentication User-Name-Format

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 3 MAC Authentication Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Set the server timeout timer to 150 seconds. <Sysname> systme-view [Sysname] mac-authentication timer server-timeout 150 3.1.5 mac-authentication user-name-format Syntax mac-authentication user-name-format { fixed [ account name ] [ password { cipher...

  • Page 905: Reset Mac-Authentication Statistics

    Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 3 MAC Authentication Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Note that: When the user’s source MAC address is used as the username, the password is also that MAC address. In cipher display mode, a password in plain text with no more than 16 characters...
  • Page 906 Command Manual – 802.1x - MAC Authentication Chapter 3 MAC Authentication Configuration H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Commands Examples # Clear MAC authentication statistics on Ethernet 2/0/1. <Sysname> reset mac-authentication statistics interface Ethernet2/0/1...
  • Page 907 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS Configuration Commands..........1-1 1.1 AAA Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 access-limit......................1-1 1.1.2 accounting default ....................1-2 1.1.3 accounting lan-access..................... 1-3 1.1.4 accounting login ......................
  • Page 908 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 1.2.4 display stop-accounting-buffer ................1-38 1.2.5 key......................... 1-39 1.2.6 nas-ip........................1-40 1.2.7 primary accounting....................1-41 1.2.8 primary authentication................... 1-42 1.2.9 radius client ......................1-43 1.2.10 radius nas-ip......................1-44 1.2.11 radius scheme .....................
  • Page 909 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents 1.3.18 timer quiet......................1-74 1.3.19 timer realtime-accounting..................1-75 1.3.20 timer response-timeout ..................1-76 1.3.21 user-name-format....................1-77...

  • Page 910: Aaa Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1.1 AAA Configuration Commands 1.1.1 access-limit Syntax access-limit { disable | enable max-user-number } undo access-limit View ISP domain view...

  • Page 911: Accounting Default

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.1.2 accounting default Syntax accounting default { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ local ] | local | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] } undo accounting default...

  • Page 912: Accounting Lan-Access

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands [Sysname] domain system [Sysname-isp-system] accounting default local # Configure the default ISP domain system to use RADIUS accounting scheme rd for all types of users and to use the local accounting scheme as the backup scheme.

  • Page 913: Accounting Login

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands # Configure the default ISP domain system to use RADIUS accounting scheme rd for LAN access users and to use the local accounting scheme as the backup scheme.

  • Page 914: Accounting Optional

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands # Configure the default ISP domain system to use RADIUS accounting scheme rd for login users and to use the local accounting scheme as the backup scheme.

  • Page 915: Accounting Portal

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.1.6 accounting portal Syntax accounting portal { none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name } undo accounting portal View ISP domain view Parameters none: Does not perform any accounting.
  • Page 916 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters access-limit max-user-number: Specifies the maximum number of concurrent users that can log in using the current username, which ranges from 1 to 1024.

  • Page 917: Authentication Default

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.1.8 authentication default Syntax authentication default { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ local ] | local | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] } undo authentication default...

  • Page 918: Authentication Lan-Access

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] domain system [Sysname-isp-system] authentication default radius-scheme rd local 1.1.9 authentication lan-access Syntax authentication lan-access { local | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name...

  • Page 919: Authentication Login

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands [Sysname-isp-system] authentication lan-access radius-scheme rd local 1.1.10 authentication login Syntax authentication login { hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ local ] | local | none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name [ local ] }...

  • Page 920: Authentication Portal

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.1.11 authentication portal Syntax authentication portal { none | radius-scheme radius-scheme-name } undo authentication portal View ISP domain view Parameters none: Does not perform any authentication.

  • Page 921: Authorization Default

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, which is a string of 1 to 32 characters. Description Use the authorization command command to specify the authorization scheme for command line users.

  • Page 922: Authorization Lan-Access

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the authorization default command to specify the authorization scheme for all types of users. Use the undo authorization default command to restore the default.

  • Page 923: Authorization Login

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters local: Performs local authorization. none: Does not perform any authorization. In this case, an authenticated user is automatically authorized with the default right.

  • Page 924: Authorization Portal

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by its name, which is a string of 1 to 32 characters. local: Performs local authorization. none: Does not perform any authorization. In this case, an authenticated user is automatically authorized with the default right.

  • Page 925: Cut Connection

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters none: None authorization, which means the user is trusted completely. Here, the user is assigned with the default privilege. radius-scheme radius-scheme-name: Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name, which is a string of 1 to 32 characters.

  • Page 926: Display Connection

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands domain isp-name: Specifies all user connections of an ISP domain. The isp-name argument refers to the name of an existing ISP domain and is a string of 1 to 24 characters.
  • Page 927 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands domain isp-name: Specifies all user connections of an ISP domain. The isp-name argument refers to the name of an existing ISP domain and is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 24 characters.

  • Page 928: Display Domain

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.1.19 display domain Syntax display domain [ isp-name ] View Any view Parameters isp-name: Name of an existing ISP domain, a string of 1 to 24 characters.

  • Page 929: Display Local-User

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Self-service = Disable Default Domain Name: system Total 2 domain(s) Table 1-2 Description on the fields of the display domain command Field Description Domain...
  • Page 930 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands lan-access refers to users accessing the network through an Ethernet, such as 802.1x users; ssh refers to users using SSH; telnet refers to users using Telnet;...
  • Page 931 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Field Description Service types that the user can use (ftp, lan-access, ServiceType ssh, telnet, terminal) Idle-cut Whether idle cut is enabled Access-limit Accessing user connection limit...

  • Page 932: Domain Default

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands If the specified ISP domain does not exist, the system will create a new ISP domain. All the ISP domains are in the active state when they are created.
  • Page 933 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands [Sysname] domain default enable aabbcc.net 1.1.23 idle-cut Syntax idle-cut { disable | enable minute } View ISP domain view Parameters disable: Disables the idle cut function.
  • Page 934 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the level command to set the priority level of a user. Use the undo level command to restore the default. By default, the user priority is 0.

  • Page 935: Local-User Password-Display-Mode

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands ftp refers to users using FTP; lan-access refers to users accessing the network through an Ethernet, such as 802.1x users; ssh refers to users using SSH;...
  • Page 936 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands A local user password is always displayed in cipher text, regardless of the configuration of the password command. If you use the save command to save the configuration, all existing local user passwords will still be displayed in cipher text after the device restarts, even if you restore the display mode to auto.
  • Page 937 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands of 16 to 63 characters in plain text will be encrypted into a password of 88 characters in cipher text. For a password of 24 characters, if the system can decrypt the password, the system treats it as a password in cipher text.
  • Page 938 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands After you configure the self-service-url enable command, a user can locate the self-service server by selecting [Service/Change Password] from the 802.1x client. The client software automatically launches the default browser, IE or Netscape, and opens the URL page of the self-service server for changing the user password.

  • Page 939: Service-Type Ftp

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands By default, a user is authorized with no service. Related commands: service-type ftp. Examples # Authorize user user1 to use the Telnet service. <Sysname> system-view...
  • Page 940 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters active: Places the current ISP domain or local user in the active state, allowing the users in the current ISP domain or the current local user to request network services.

  • Page 941: Radius Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the work-directory command to specify the directory accessible to FTP/SFTP users. Use the undo work-directory command to restore the default. By default, FTP/SFTP users can access the root directory of the device.

  • Page 942: Display Radius Scheme

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the data-flow-format command to specify the unit for data flows or packets to be sent to a RADIUS server. Use the undo data-flow-format command to restore the default.
  • Page 943 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Second Acct IP = 0.0.0.0 Port = 1813 State = block Auth Server Encryption Key= Not configured Acct Server Encryption Key= Not configured Interval for timeout(second)

  • Page 944: Display Radius Statistics

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Field Description Quiet-interval(min) Quiet interval for the primary server Username format Format of the username Data flow unit Unit of data flows Packet unit...
  • Page 945 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Running statistic: RADIUS received messages statistic: Normal auth request Num = 0 Err = 0 Succ = 0 EAP auth request Num = 0...
  • Page 946 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Field Description The state of waiting for real-time RLTWait accounting AcctStop The state of accounting waiting stopped OnLine The state of online Stop The state of stop...
  • Page 947 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Field Description Number of rejected authentication Auth reject packets Number of replying packets of EAP EAP auth replying authentication Number of accounting succeeded Account success...
  • Page 948 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands time-range start-time stop-time: Specifies a time range by its start time and end time in the format of hh:mm:ss-mm/dd/yyyy or hh:mm:ss-yyyy/mm/dd. user-name user-name : Specifies a user by the user name, which is a case-sensitive string of 1 to 80 characters.
  • Page 949 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Use the undo key command to restore the default. By default, no shared key is configured. Note that: You must ensure that the same shared key is set on the device and the RADIUS server.

  • Page 950: Primary Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Note that: Specifying a source address for the RADIUS packets to be sent to the server can avoid the situation where the packets sent back by the RADIUS server cannot reach the device as the result of a physical interface failure.

  • Page 951: Primary Authentication

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands The RADIUS service port configured on the device and that of the RADIUS server must be consistent. Related commands: key, radius scheme, state. Examples # Set the IP address of the primary accounting server for RADIUS scheme radius1 to 10.110.1.2 and the UDP port of the server to 1813.

  • Page 952: Radius Client

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Related commands: key, radius scheme, state. Examples # Set the IP address of the primary authentication/authorization server for RADIUS scheme radius1 to 10.110.1.1 and the UDP port of the server to 1812.

  • Page 953: Radius Nas-Ip

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Examples # Enable the listening port of the RADIUS client. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] radius client enable 1.2.10 radius nas-ip Syntax radius nas-ip ip-address undo radius nas-ip...

  • Page 954: Radius Scheme

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] radius nas-ip 129.10.10.1 1.2.11 radius scheme Syntax radius scheme radius-scheme-name undo radius scheme radius-scheme-name View System view Parameters radius-scheme-name: RADIUS scheme name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters.

  • Page 955: Reset Radius Statistics

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.2.12 radius trap Syntax radius trap { accounting-server-down | authentication-server-down } undo radius trap { accounting-server-down | authentication-server-down } View System view Parameters accounting-server-down: RADIUS trap for accounting servers.
  • Page 956 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters slot slot-number: Specifies the slot where the interface card is inserted. Description Use the reset radius statistics command to clear RADIUS statistics. Related commands: display radius scheme.
  • Page 957 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands # Clear the buffered stop-accounting requests in the time range from 0:0:0 to 23:59:59 on August 31, 2006. <Sysname> reset stop-accounting-buffer time-range 0:0:0-08/31/2006 23:59:59-08/31/2006 1.2.15 retry...

  • Page 958: Retry Realtime-Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.2.16 retry realtime-accounting Syntax retry realtime-accounting retry-times undo retry realtime-accounting View RADIUS scheme view Parameters retry-times: Maximum number of accounting request transmission attempts. It ranges from 1 to 255 and defaults to 5.
  • Page 959 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] radius scheme radius1 [Sysname -radius-radius1] retry realtime-accounting 10 1.2.17 retry stop-accounting Syntax retry stop-accounting retry-times undo retry stop-accounting View RADIUS scheme view Parameters retry-times: Maximum number of stop-accounting request transmission attempts.

  • Page 960: Secondary Accounting

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.2.18 secondary accounting Syntax secondary accounting ip-address [ port-number ] undo secondary accounting View RADIUS scheme view Parameters ip-address: IP address of the secondary accounting server, in dotted decimal notation.
  • Page 961 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands View RADIUS scheme view Parameters ip-address: IP address of the secondary authentication/authorization server, in dotted decimal notation. The default is 0.0.0.0. port-number: UDP port number of the secondary authentication/authorization server, which ranges from 1 to 65535 and defaults to 1812.
  • Page 962 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the security-policy-server command to specify a security policy server. Use the undo security-policy-server command to remove one or all security policy servers.
  • Page 963 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Use the undo server-type command to restore the default. By default, the supported RADIUS server type is standard. Related commands: radius scheme. Examples # Set the RADIUS server type of RADIUS scheme radius1 to standard.
  • Page 964 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands secondary server remains the same. If the secondary server fails, the device restores the status of the primary server to active immediately. If the primary server has resumed, the device turns to use the primary server and stops communicating with the secondary server.

  • Page 965: Timer Quiet

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands NAS buffers and resends the packet until it receives a response or the number of transmission retries reaches the configured limit. In the latter case, the NAS discards the packet.
  • Page 966 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.2.25 timer realtime-accounting Syntax timer realtime-accounting minutes undo timer realtime-accounting View RADIUS scheme view Parameters minutes: Real-time accounting interval in minutes, must be a multiple of 3 and in the range 3 to 60, with the default value being 12.
  • Page 967 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands [Sysname] radius scheme radius1 [Sysname-radius-radius1] timer realtime-accounting 51 1.2.26 timer response-timeout Syntax timer response-timeout seconds undo timer response-timeout View RADIUS scheme view Parameters seconds: RADIUS server response timeout period in seconds. It ranges from 1 to 10 and defaults to 3.
  • Page 968 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.2.27 user-name-format Syntax user-name-format { with-domain | without-domain } View RADIUS scheme view Parameters with-domain: Includes the ISP domain name in the username sent to the RADIUS server.

  • Page 969: Display Hwtacacs

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.3 HWTACACS Configuration Commands 1.3.1 data-flow-format Syntax data-flow-format { data { byte | giga-byte | kilo-byte | mega-byte } | packet { giga-packet | kilo-packet | mega-packet | one-packet } }*...
  • Page 970 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters hwtacacs-scheme-name: HWTACACS scheme name. statistics: Displays complete statistics about the HWTACACS server. slot slot-number: Specifies the slot where the interface card is inserted.
  • Page 971 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands -------------------------------------------------------------------- Table 1-7 Description on the fields of the display hwtacacs command Field Description HWTACACS-server template name Name of the HWTACACS scheme Primary-authentication-server Primary authentication server...

  • Page 972: Hwtacacs Nas-Ip

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies a HWTACACS scheme by its name, a string of 1 to 32 characters. slot slot-number: Specifies the slot where the interface card is inserted.

  • Page 973: Hwtacacs Scheme

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Specifying a source address for the HWTACACS packets to be sent to the server can avoid the situation where the packets sent back by the HWTACACS server cannot reach the device as the result of a physical interface failure.
  • Page 974 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.3.6 key Syntax key { accounting | authentication | authorization } string undo key { accounting | authentication | authorization } string View HWTACACS scheme view Parameters accounting: Sets the shared key for HWTACACS accounting packets.
  • Page 975 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters ip-address: IP address in dotted decimal notation. It must be an address of the device and cannot be all 0s address, all 1s address, a class D address, a class E address or a loopback address.
  • Page 976 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters ip-address: IP address of the server, a valid unicast address in dotted decimal notation. The default is 0.0.0.0. port-number: Port number of the server. It ranges from 1 to 65535 and defaults to 49.

  • Page 977: Primary Authorization

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the primary authentication command to specify the primary HWTACACS authentication server. Use the undo primary authentication command to remove the configuration. Note that: The IP addresses of the primary and secondary authentication servers cannot be the same.

  • Page 978: Reset Hwtacacs Statistics

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Note that: The IP addresses of the primary and secondary authorization servers cannot be the same. Otherwise, the configuration fails. The HWTACACS service port configured on the device and that of the HWTACACS server must be consistent.
  • Page 979 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands <Sysname> reset hwtacacs statistics all 1.3.12 reset stop-accounting-buffer Syntax reset stop-accounting-buffer hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name [ slot slot-number ] View User view Parameters hwtacacs-scheme hwtacacs-scheme-name: Specifies a HWTACACS scheme by its name, a string of 1 to 32 characters.
  • Page 980 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Description Use the retry stop-accounting command to set the maximum number of stop-accounting request transmission attempts. Use the undo retry stop-accounting command to restore the default.
  • Page 981 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Examples # Configure the secondary accounting server. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1 [Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] secondary accouting 10.163.155.12 49 1.3.15 secondary authentication Syntax secondary authentication ip-address [ port-number ]...

  • Page 982: Secondary Authorization

    Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands 1.3.16 secondary authorization Syntax secondary authorization ip-address [ por-number t ] undo secondary authorization View HWTACACS scheme view Parameters ip-address: IP address of the server, a valid unicast address in dotted decimal notation.
  • Page 983 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands View HWTACACS scheme view Parameters None Description Use the stop-accounting-buffer enable command to enable the device to buffer stop-accounting requests getting no responses. Use the undo stop-accounting-buffer enable command to disable the device from buffering stop-accounting requests getting no responses.
  • Page 984 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Parameters minutes: Primary server quiet period, in minutes. It ranges from 1 to 255 and defaults to Description Use the timer quiet command to set the quiet timer for the primary server, that is, the duration that the status of the primary server stays blocked before resuming the active state.
  • Page 985 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands when there are a large number of users (more than 1000, inclusive). The following table lists the recommended ratios of the interval to the number of users.
  • Page 986 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Examples # Set the HWTACACS server response timeout timer to 30 seconds for HWTACACS scheme hwt1. <Sysname> system-view [Sysname] hwtacacs scheme hwt1 [Sysname-hwtacacs-hwt1] timer response-timeout 30 1.3.21 user-name-format...
  • Page 987 Command Manual – AAA RADIUS HWTACACS Chapter 1 AAA/RADIUS/HWTACACS H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Configuration Commands Examples # Specify the device to include the ISP domain name in the username sent to the HWTACACS servers for the HWTACACS scheme hwt1.
  • Page 988 Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands ................1-1 1.1 Portal Configuration Commands..................1-1 1.1.1 display portal acl...................... 1-1 1.1.2 display portal connection statistics................1-2 1.1.3 display portal free-rule..................... 1-6 1.1.4 display portal interface ....................

  • Page 989: Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands

    Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands 1.1 Portal Configuration Commands 1.1.1 display portal acl Syntax display portal acl { all | dynamic | static } interface interface-type interface-number...

  • Page 990: Display Portal Connection Statistics

    Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands = 192.168.0.111 Mask = 255.255.255.255 Rule 1 Inbound interface = Ethernet2/0/4 Type = static Action = permit Source: = 0.0.0.0 Mask = 0.0.0.0 = 0000-0000-0000 Interface = any...
  • Page 991 Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands View Any view Parameters all: Specifies all interfaces. interface interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. Description Use the display portal connection statistics command to display portal connection statistics on a specified interface or all interfaces.
  • Page 992 Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands MSG_LEAVING_REQ MSG_ARPPKT MSG_TMR_REQAUTH MSG_TMR_AUTHEN MSG_TMR_AUTHOR MSG_TMR_LOGIN MSG_TMR_LOGOUT MSG_TMR_LEAVING MSG_TMR_NEWIP MSG_TMR_USERIPCHANGE MSG_PORT_REMOVE MSG_VLAN_REMOVE MSG_IF_REMOVE MSG_L3IF_SHUT MSG_IP_REMOVE MSG_ALL_REMOVE MSG_IFIPADDR_CHANGE MSG_SOCKET_CHANGE Table 1-2 Description on the fields of display portal connection statistics...
  • Page 993 Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands Field Description Total Total number of messages Number of erroneous messages Discard Number of discarded messages MSG_AUTHEN_ACK Authentication acknowledgment message MSG_AUTHOR_ACK Authorization acknowledgment message MSG_LOGIN_ACK Accounting acknowledgment message...

  • Page 994: Display Portal Free-Rule

    Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands 1.1.3 display portal free-rule Syntax display portal free-rule [ rule-number ] View Any view Parameters rule-number: Number of a portal-free rule, in the range 0 to 31.

  • Page 995: Display Portal Interface

    Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands Field Description Destination Destination information in the portal-free rule Destination IP address in the portal-free rule Mask Subnet mask of the destination IP address in the portal-free rule 1.1.4 display portal interface...

  • Page 996: Display Portal Server

    Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands Field Description Subnet mask of the IP address of the portal mask authentication subnet 1.1.5 display portal server Syntax display portal server [ server-name ] View...

  • Page 997: Display Portal Server Statistics

    Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands Field Description Port Listening port on the portal server Address the packets are to be redirected to 1.1.6 display portal server statistics Syntax display portal server statistics { all | interface interface-type interface-number }...
  • Page 998 Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands ACK_INFO NTF_USERDISCOVER NTF_USERIPCHANGE AFF_NTF_USERIPCHANGE ACK_NTF_LOGOUT Table 1-6 Description on the fields of the display portal server statistics command Field Description Interface Interface referencing the portal server...

  • Page 999: Display Portal Tcp-Cheat Statistics

    Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands Field Description Forced logout acknowledgment message from the ACK_NTF_LOGOUT portal server 1.1.7 display portal tcp-cheat statistics Syntax display portal tcp-cheat statistics View Any view Parameters None...

  • Page 1000: Display Portal User

    Command Manual – Portal H3C S7500E Series Ethernet Switches Chapter 1 Portal Configuration Commands Table 1-7 Description on fields of the display portal tcp-cheat statistics command Field Description TCP Cheat Statistic TCP spoofing statistics Total Opens Total number of opened connections...

Table of Contents